Life’s Little Ironies
A set of tales with some colloquial sketches entitled
A Few Crusted Characters by Thomas Hardy
contents
1.The Son’s Veto 2.For
Conscience’ Sake 3.A Tragedy of Two Ambitions 4.On
the Western Circuit 5.To Please his Wife 6.The
Melancholy Hussar of the German Legion
7.The Fidler of the Reels 8.A Tradition of Eighteen Hundred and
Four 9.A Few Crusted Characters
1.THE SON’S VETO
CHAPTER I
To the eyes of a man viewing it from behind, the nut-brown hair
was a wonder and a mystery. Under the black beaver hat, surmounted by its tuft
of black feathers, the long locks, braided and twisted and coiled like the
rushes of a basket, composed a rare, if somewhat barbaric, example of ingenious
art. One could understand such weavings and coilings being wrought to last
intact for a year, or even a calendar month; but that they should be all
demolished regularly at bedtime, after a single day of permanence, seemed a
reckless waste of successful fabrication.
And she had done it all herself, poor thing. She had no maid, and
it was almost the only accomplishment she could boast of. Hence the unstinted
pains.
She was a young invalid lady—not so very much of an
invalid—sitting in a wheeled chair, which had been pulled up in the front part
of a green enclosure, close to a bandstand, where a concert was going on,
during a warm June afternoon. It had place in one of the minor parks or private
gardens that are to be found in the suburbs of London, and was the effort of a
local association to raise money for some charity. There are worlds within
worlds in the great city, and though nobody outside the immediate district had
ever heard of the charity, or the band, or the garden, the enclosure was filled
with an interested audience sufficiently informed on all these.
As the strains proceeded many of the listeners observed the
chaired lady, whose back hair, by reason of her prominent position, so
challenged inspection. Her face was not easily discernible, but the aforesaid
cunning tress-weavings, the white ear and poll, and the curve of a cheek which
was neither flaccid nor sallow, were signals that led to the expectation of
good beauty in front. Such expectations are not infrequently disappointed as
soon as the disclosure comes; and in the present case, when the lady, by a turn
of the head, at length revealed herself, she was not so handsome as the people
behind her had supposed, and even hoped—they did not know why.
For one thing (alas! the commonness of this complaint), she was
less young than they had fancied her to be. Yet attractive her face
unquestionably was, and not at all sickly. The revelation of its details came
each time she turned to talk to a boy of twelve or thirteen who stood beside
her, and the shape of whose hat and jacket implied that he belonged to a
well-known public school. The immediate bystanders could hear that he called
her ‘Mother.’
When the end of the recital was reached, and the audience
withdrew, many chose to find their way out by passing at her elbow. Almost all
turned their heads to take a full and near look at the interesting woman, who
remained stationary in the chair till the way should be clear enough for her to
be wheeled out without obstruction. As if she expected their glances, and did
not mind gratifying their curiosity, she met the eyes of several of her
observers by lifting her own, showing these to be soft, brown, and affectionate
orbs, a little plaintive in their regard.
She was conducted out of the gardens, and passed along the
pavement till she disappeared from view, the schoolboy walking beside her. To
inquiries made by some persons who watched her away, the answer came that she
was the second wife of the incumbent of a neighbouring parish, and that she was
lame. She was generally believed to be a woman with a story—an innocent one,
but a story of some sort or other.
In conversing with her on their way home the boy who walked at her
elbow said that he hoped his father had not missed them.
‘He have been so comfortable these last few hours that I am sure
he cannot have missed us,’ she replied.
‘Has, dear mother—not have!’ exclaimed the
public-school boy, with an impatient fastidiousness that was almost harsh.
‘Surely you know that by this time!’
His mother hastily adopted the correction, and did not resent his
making it, or retaliate, as she might well have done, by bidding him to wipe
that crumby mouth of his, whose condition had been caused by surreptitious
attempts to eat a piece of cake without taking it out of the pocket wherein it
lay concealed. After this the pretty woman and the boy went onward in silence.
That question of grammar bore upon her history, and she fell into
reverie, of a somewhat sad kind to all appearance. It might have been assumed
that she was wondering if she had done wisely in shaping her life as she had
shaped it, to bring out such a result as this.
In a remote nook in North Wessex, forty miles from London, near
the thriving county-town of Aldbrickham, there stood a pretty village with its
church and parsonage, which she knew well enough, but her son had never seen.
It was her native village, Gaymead, and the first event bearing upon her
present situation had occurred at that place when she was only a girl of
nineteen.
How well she remembered it, that first act in her little
tragi-comedy, the death of her reverend husband’s first wife. It happened on a
spring evening, and she who now and for many years had filled that first wife’s
place was then parlour-maid in the parson’s house.
When everything had been done that could be done, and the death
was announced, she had gone out in the dusk to visit her parents, who were
living in the same village, to tell them the sad news. As she opened the white
swing-gate and looked towards the trees which rose westward, shutting out the
pale light of the evening sky, she discerned, without much surprise, the figure
of a man standing in the hedge, though she roguishly exclaimed as a matter of
form, ‘Oh, Sam, how you frightened me!’
He was a young gardener of her acquaintance. She told him the
particulars of the late event, and they stood silent, these two young people,
in that elevated, calmly philosophic mind which is engendered when a tragedy
has happened close at hand, and has not happened to the philosophers
themselves. But it had its bearing upon their relations.
‘And will you stay on now at the Vicarage, just the same?’ asked
he.
She had hardly thought of that. ‘Oh, yes—I suppose!’ she said.
‘Everything will be just as usual, I imagine?’
He walked beside her towards her mother’s. Presently his arm stole
round her waist. She gently removed it; but he placed it there again, and she
yielded the point. ‘You see, dear Sophy, you don’t know that you’ll stay on;
you may want a home; and I shall be ready to offer one some day, though I may
not be ready just yet.
‘Why, Sam, how can you be so fast! I’ve never even said I liked
’ee; and it is all your own doing, coming after me!’
‘Still, it is nonsense to say I am not to have a try at you like
the rest.’ He stooped to kiss her a farewell, for they had reached her mother’s
door.
‘No, Sam; you sha’n’t!’ she cried, putting her hand over his
mouth. ‘You ought to be more serious on such a night as this.’ And she bade him
adieu without allowing him to kiss her or to come indoors.
The vicar just left a widower was at this time a man about forty
years of age, of good family, and childless. He had led a secluded existence in
this college living, partly because there were no resident landowners; and his
loss now intensified his habit of withdrawal from outward observation. He was
still less seen than heretofore, kept himself still less in time with the
rhythm and racket of the movements called progress in the world without. For
many months after his wife’s decease the economy of his household remained as
before; the cook, the housemaid, the parlour-maid, and the man out-of-doors
performed their duties or left them undone, just as Nature prompted them—the
vicar knew not which. It was then represented to him that his servants seemed
to have nothing to do in his small family of one. He was struck with the truth
of this representation, and decided to cut down his establishment. But he was
forestalled by Sophy, the parlour-maid, who said one evening that she wished to
leave him.
‘And why?’ said the parson.
‘Sam Hobson has asked me to marry him, sir.’
‘Well—do you want to marry?’
‘Not much. But it would be a home for me. And we have heard that
one of us will have to leave.’
A day or two after she said: ‘I don’t want to leave just yet, sir,
if you don’t wish it. Sam and I have quarrelled.’
He looked up at her. He had hardly ever observed her before,
though he had been frequently conscious of her soft presence in the room. What
a kitten-like, flexuous, tender creature she was! She was the only one of the
servants with whom he came into immediate and continuous relation. What should
he do if Sophy were gone?
Sophy did not go, but one of the others did, and things went on
quietly again.
When Mr. Twycott, the vicar, was ill, Sophy brought up his meals
to him, and she had no sooner left the room one day than he heard a noise on
the stairs. She had slipped down with the tray, and so twisted her foot that
she could not stand. The village surgeon was called in; the vicar got better,
but Sophy was incapacitated for a long time; and she was informed that she must
never again walk much or engage in any occupation which required her to stand
long on her feet. As soon as she was comparatively well she spoke to him alone.
Since she was forbidden to walk and bustle about, and, indeed, could not do so,
it became her duty to leave. She could very well work at something sitting
down, and she had an aunt a seamstress.
The parson had been very greatly moved by what she had suffered on
his account, and he exclaimed, ‘No, Sophy; lame or not lame, I cannot let you
go. You must never leave me again!’
He came close to her, and, though she could never exactly tell how
it happened, she became conscious of his lips upon her cheek. He then asked her
to marry him. Sophy did not exactly love him, but she had a respect for him
which almost amounted to veneration. Even if she had wished to get away from
him she hardly dared refuse a personage so reverend and august in her eyes, and
she assented forthwith to be his wife.
Thus it happened that one fine morning, when the doors of the
church were naturally open for ventilation, and the singing birds fluttered in
and alighted on the tie-beams of the roof, there was a marriage-service at the
communion-rails, which hardly a soul knew of. The parson and a neighbouring
curate had entered at one door, and Sophy at another, followed by two necessary
persons, whereupon in a short time there emerged a newly-made husband and wife.
Mr. Twycott knew perfectly well that he had committed social
suicide by this step, despite Sophy’s spotless character, and he had taken his
measures accordingly. An exchange of livings had been arranged with an
acquaintance who was incumbent of a church in the south of London, and as soon
as possible the couple removed thither, abandoning their pretty country home,
with trees and shrubs and glebe, for a narrow, dusty house in a long, straight
street, and their fine peal of bells for the wretchedest one-tongued clangour
that ever tortured mortal ears. It was all on her account. They were, however,
away from every one who had known her former position; and also under less
observation from without than they would have had to put up with in any country
parish.
Sophy the woman was as charming a partner as a man could possess,
though Sophy the lady had her deficiencies. She showed a natural aptitude for
little domestic refinements, so far as related to things and manners; but in
what is called culture she was less intuitive. She had now been married more
than fourteen years, and her husband had taken much trouble with her education;
but she still held confused ideas on the use of ‘was’ and ‘were,’ which did not
beget a respect for her among the few acquaintances she made. Her great grief
in this relation was that her only child, on whose education no expense had
been and would be spared, was now old enough to perceive these deficiencies in
his mother, and not only to see them but to feel irritated at their existence.
Thus she lived on in the city, and wasted hours in braiding her
beautiful hair, till her once apple cheeks waned to pink of the very faintest.
Her foot had never regained its natural strength after the accident, and she
was mostly obliged to avoid walking altogether. Her husband had grown to like
London for its freedom and its domestic privacy; but he was twenty years his
Sophy’s senior, and had latterly been seized with a serious illness. On this
day, however, he had seemed to be well enough to justify her accompanying her
son Randolph to the concert.
CHAPTER II
The next time we get a glimpse of her is when she appears in the
mournful attire of a widow.
Mr. Twycott had never rallied, and now lay in a well-packed
cemetery to the south of the great city, where, if all the dead it contained
had stood erect and alive, not one would have known him or recognized his name.
The boy had dutifully followed him to the grave, and was now again at school.
Throughout these changes Sophy had been treated like the child she
was in nature though not in years. She was left with no control over anything
that had been her husband’s beyond her modest personal income. In his anxiety
lest her inexperience should be overreached he had safeguarded with trustees
all he possibly could. The completion of the boy’s course at the public school,
to be followed in due time by Oxford and ordination, had been all previsioned
and arranged, and she really had nothing to occupy her in the world but to eat
and drink, and make a business of indolence, and go on weaving and coiling the
nut-brown hair, merely keeping a home open for the son whenever he came to her
during vacations.
Foreseeing his probable decease long years before her, her husband
in his lifetime had purchased for her use a semi-detached villa in the same
long, straight road whereon the church and parsonage faced, which was to be
hers as long as she chose to live in it. Here she now resided, looking out upon
the fragment of lawn in front, and through the railings at the ever-flowing
traffic; or, bending forward over the window-sill on the first floor,
stretching her eyes far up and down the vista of sooty trees, hazy air, and
drab house-façades, along which echoed the noises common to a suburban main
thoroughfare.
Somehow, her boy, with his aristocratic school-knowledge, his
grammars, and his aversions, was losing those wide infantine sympathies,
extending as far as to the sun and moon themselves, with which he, like other
children, had been born, and which his mother, a child of nature herself, had
loved in him; he was reducing their compass to a population of a few thousand
wealthy and titled people, the mere veneer of a thousand million or so of
others who did not interest him at all. He drifted further and further away
from her. Sophy’s milieu being a suburb of minor tradesmen and
under-clerks, and her almost only companions the two servants of her own house,
it was not surprising that after her husband’s death she soon lost the little
artificial tastes she had acquired from him, and became—in her son’s eyes—a
mother whose mistakes and origin it was his painful lot as a gentleman to blush
for. As yet he was far from being man enough—if he ever would be—to rate these
sins of hers at their true infinitesimal value beside the yearning fondness
that welled up and remained penned in her heart till it should be more fully
accepted by him, or by some other person or thing. If he had lived at home with
her he would have had all of it; but he seemed to require so very little in
present circumstances, and it remained stored.
Her life became insupportably dreary; she could not take walks,
and had no interest in going for drives, or, indeed, in travelling anywhere.
Nearly two years passed without an event, and still she looked on that suburban
road, thinking of the village in which she had been born, and whither she would
have gone back—O how gladly!—even to work in the fields.
Taking no exercise, she often could not sleep, and would rise in
the night or early morning and look out upon the then vacant thoroughfare,
where the lamps stood like sentinels waiting for some procession to go by. An
approximation to such a procession was indeed made early every morning about
one o’clock, when the country vehicles passed up with loads of vegetables for
Covent Garden market. She often saw them creeping along at this silent and
dusky hour—waggon after waggon, bearing green bastions of cabbages nodding to
their fall, yet never falling, walls of baskets enclosing masses of beans and
peas, pyramids of snow-white turnips, swaying howdahs of mixed produce—creeping
along behind aged night-horses, who seemed ever patiently wondering between
their hollow coughs why they had always to work at that still hour when all
other sentient creatures were privileged to rest. Wrapped in a cloak, it was
soothing to watch and sympathize with them when depression and nervousness
hindered sleep, and to see how the fresh green-stuff brightened to life as it
came opposite the lamp, and how the sweating animals steamed and shone with
their miles of travel.
They had an interest, almost a charm, for Sophy, these semirural
people and vehicles moving in an urban atmosphere, leading a life quite
distinct from that of the daytime toilers on the same road. One morning a man
who accompanied a waggon-load of potatoes gazed rather hard at the house-fronts
as he passed, and with a curious emotion she thought his form was familiar to
her. She looked out for him again. His being an old-fashioned conveyance, with
a yellow front, it was easily recognizable, and on the third night after she
saw it a second time. The man alongside was, as she had fancied, Sam Hobson,
formerly gardener at Gaymead, who would at one time have married her.
She had occasionally thought of him, and wondered if life in a
cottage with him would not have been a happier lot than the life she had
accepted. She had not thought of him passionately, but her now dismal situation
lent an interest to his resurrection—a tender interest which it is impossible
to exaggerate. She went back to bed, and began thinking. When did these
market-gardeners, who travelled up to town so regularly at one or two in the
morning, come back? She dimly recollected seeing their empty waggons, hardly
noticeable amid the ordinary day-traffic, passing down at some hour before
noon.
It was only April, but that morning, after breakfast, she had the
window opened, and sat looking out, the feeble sun shining full upon her. She
affected to sew, but her eyes never left the street. Between ten and eleven the
desired waggon, now unladen, reappeared on its return journey. But Sam was not
looking round him then, and drove on in a reverie.
‘Sam!’ cried she.
Turning with a start, his face lighted up. He called to him a
little boy to hold the horse, alighted, and came and stood under her window.
‘I can’t come down easily, Sam, or I would!’ she said. ‘Did you
know I lived here?’
‘Well, Mrs. Twycott, I knew you lived along here somewhere. I have
often looked out for ’ee.’
He briefly explained his own presence on the scene. He had long
since given up his gardening in the village near Aldbrickham, and was now
manager at a market-gardener’s on the south side of London, it being part of
his duty to go up to Covent Garden with waggon-loads of produce two or three
times a week. In answer to her curious inquiry, he admitted that he had come to
this particular district because he had seen in the Aldbrickham paper, a year or
two before, the announcement of the death in South London of the aforetime
vicar of Gaymead, which had revived an interest in her dwelling-place that he
could not extinguish, leading him to hover about the locality till his present
post had been secured.
They spoke of their native village in dear old North Wessex, the
spots in which they had played together as children. She tried to feel that she
was a dignified personage now, that she must not be too confidential with Sam.
But she could not keep it up, and the tears hanging in her eyes were indicated
in her voice.
‘You are not happy, Mrs. Twycott, I’m afraid?’ he said.
‘O, of course not! I lost my husband only the year before last.’
‘Ah! I meant in another way. You’d like to be home again?’
‘This is my home—for life. The house belongs to me. But I
understand’—She let it out then. ‘Yes, Sam. I long for home—our home!
I should like to be there, and never leave it, and die there.’
But she remembered herself. ‘That’s only a momentary feeling. I have a son, you
know, a dear boy. He’s at school now.’
‘Somewhere handy, I suppose? I see there’s lots on ’em along this
road.’
‘O no! Not in one of these wretched holes! At a public school—one
of the most distinguished in England.’
‘Chok’ it all! of course! I forget, ma’am, that you’ve been a lady
for so many years.’
‘No, I am not a lady,’ she said sadly. ‘I never shall be. But he’s
a gentleman, and that—makes it—O how difficult for me!’
CHAPTER III
The acquaintance thus oddly reopened proceeded apace. She often
looked out to get a few words with him, by night or by day. Her sorrow was that
she could not accompany her one old friend on foot a little way, and talk more
freely than she could do while he paused before the house. One night, at the
beginning of June, when she was again on the watch after an absence of some
days from the window, he entered the gate and said softly, ‘Now, wouldn’t some
air do you good? I’ve only half a load this morning. Why not ride up to Covent
Garden with me? There’s a nice seat on the cabbages, where I’ve spread a sack.
You can be home again in a cab before anybody is up.’
She refused at first, and then, trembling with excitement, hastily
finished her dressing, and wrapped herself up in cloak and veil, afterwards
sidling downstairs by the aid of the handrail, in a way she could adopt on an
emergency. When she had opened the door she found Sam on the step, and he
lifted her bodily on his strong arm across the little forecourt into his
vehicle. Not a soul was visible or audible in the infinite length of the
straight, flat highway, with its ever-waiting lamps converging to points in
each direction. The air was fresh as country air at this hour, and the stars
shone, except to the north-eastward, where there was a whitish light—the dawn.
Sam carefully placed her in the seat, and drove on.
They talked as they had talked in old days, Sam pulling himself up
now and then, when he thought himself too familiar. More than once she said
with misgiving that she wondered if she ought to have indulged in the freak.
‘But I am so lonely in my house,’ she added, ‘and this makes me so happy!’
‘You must come again, dear Mrs. Twycott. There is no time o’ day
for taking the air like this.’
It grew lighter and lighter. The sparrows became busy in the
streets, and the city waxed denser around them. When they approached the river
it was day, and on the bridge they beheld the full blaze of morning sunlight in
the direction of St. Paul’s, the river glistening towards it, and not a craft
stirring.
Near Covent Garden he put her into a cab, and they parted, looking
into each other’s faces like the very old friends they were. She reached home
without adventure, limped to the door, and let herself in with her latch-key
unseen.
The air and Sam’s presence had revived her: her cheeks were quite
pink—almost beautiful. She had something to live for in addition to her son. A
woman of pure instincts, she knew there had been nothing really wrong in the
journey, but supposed it conventionally to be very wrong indeed.
Soon, however, she gave way to the temptation of going with him
again, and on this occasion their conversation was distinctly tender, and Sam
said he never should forget her, notwithstanding that she had served him rather
badly at one time. After much hesitation he told her of a plan it was in his
power to carry out, and one he should like to take in hand, since he did not
care for London work: it was to set up as a master greengrocer down at
Aldbrickham, the county-town of their native place. He knew of an opening—a
shop kept by aged people who wished to retire.
‘And why don’t you do it, then, Sam?’ she asked with a slight
heartsinking.
‘Because I’m not sure if—you’d join me. I know you
wouldn’t—couldn’t! Such a lady as ye’ve been so long, you couldn’t be a wife to
a man like me.’
‘I hardly suppose I could!’ she assented, also frightened at the
idea.
‘If you could,’ he said eagerly, ‘you’d on’y have to sit in the
back parlour and look through the glass partition when I was away
sometimes—just to keep an eye on things. The lameness wouldn’t hinder that . .
. I’d keep you as genteel as ever I could, dear Sophy—if I might think of it!’
he pleaded.
‘Sam, I’ll be frank,’ she said, putting her hand on his. ‘If it
were only myself I would do it, and gladly, though everything I possess would be
lost to me by marrying again.’
‘I don’t mind that! It’s more independent.’
‘That’s good of you, dear, dear Sam. But there’s something else. I
have a son . . . I almost fancy when I am miserable sometimes that he is not
really mine, but one I hold in trust for my late husband. He seems to belong so
little to me personally, so entirely to his dead father. He is so much educated
and I so little that I do not feel dignified enough to be his mother . . .
Well, he would have to be told.’
‘Yes. Unquestionably.’ Sam saw her thought and her fear. ‘Still,
you can do as you like, Sophy—Mrs. Twycott,’ he added. ‘It is not you who are
the child, but he.’
‘Ah, you don’t know! Sam, if I could, I would marry you, some day.
But you must wait a while, and let me think.’
It was enough for him, and he was blithe at their parting. Not so
she. To tell Randolph seemed impossible. She could wait till he had gone up to
Oxford, when what she did would affect his life but little. But would he ever
tolerate the idea? And if not, could she defy him?
She had not told him a word when the yearly cricket-match came on
at Lord’s between the public schools, though Sam had already gone back to
Aldbrickham. Mrs. Twycott felt stronger than usual: she went to the match with
Randolph, and was able to leave her chair and walk about occasionally. The
bright idea occurred to her that she could casually broach the subject while
moving round among the spectators, when the boy’s spirits were high with
interest in the game, and he would weigh domestic matters as feathers in the
scale beside the day’s victory. They promenaded under the lurid July sun, this
pair, so wide apart, yet so near, and Sophy saw the large proportion of boys
like her own, in their broad white collars and dwarf hats, and all around the
rows of great coaches under which was jumbled the débris of
luxurious luncheons; bones, pie-crusts, champagne-bottles, glasses, plates,
napkins, and the family silver; while on the coaches sat the proud fathers and
mothers; but never a poor mother like her. If Randolph had not appertained to
these, had not centred all his interests in them, had not cared exclusively for
the class they belonged to, how happy would things have been! A great huzza at
some small performance with the bat burst from the multitude of relatives, and
Randolph jumped wildly into the air to see what had happened. Sophy fetched up
the sentence that had been already shaped; but she could not get it out. The
occasion was, perhaps, an inopportune one. The contrast between her story and the
display of fashion to which Randolph had grown to regard himself as akin would
be fatal. She awaited a better time.
It was on an evening when they were alone in their plain suburban
residence, where life was not blue but brown, that she ultimately broke
silence, qualifying her announcement of a probable second marriage by assuring
him that it would not take place for a long time to come, when he would be
living quite independently of her.
The boy thought the idea a very reasonable one, and asked if she had
chosen anybody? She hesitated; and he seemed to have a misgiving. He hoped his
stepfather would be a gentleman? he said.
‘Not what you call a gentleman,’ she answered timidly. ‘He’ll be
much as I was before I knew your father;’ and by degrees she acquainted him
with the whole. The youth’s face remained fixed for a moment; then he flushed,
leant on the table, and burst into passionate tears.
His mother went up to him, kissed all of his face that she could
get at, and patted his back as if he were still the baby he once had been,
crying herself the while. When he had somewhat recovered from his paroxysm he
went hastily to his own room and fastened the door.
Parleyings were attempted through the keyhole, outside which she
waited and listened. It was long before he would reply, and when he did it was
to say sternly at her from within: ‘I am ashamed of you! It will ruin me! A
miserable boor! a churl! a clown! It will degrade me in the eyes of all the
gentlemen of England!’
‘Say no more—perhaps I am wrong! I will struggle against it!’ she
cried miserably.
Before Randolph left her that summer a letter arrived from Sam to
inform her that he had been unexpectedly fortunate in obtaining the shop. He
was in possession; it was the largest in the town, combining fruit with
vegetables, and he thought it would form a home worthy even of her some day.
Might he not run up to town to see her?
She met him by stealth, and said he must still wait for her final
answer. The autumn dragged on, and when Randolph was home at Christmas for the
holidays she broached the matter again. But the young gentleman was inexorable.
It was dropped for months; renewed again; abandoned under his
repugnance; again attempted; and thus the gentle creature reasoned and pleaded
till four or five long years had passed. Then the faithful Sam revived his suit
with some peremptoriness. Sophy’s son, now an undergraduate, was down from
Oxford one Easter, when she again opened the subject. As soon as he was
ordained, she argued, he would have a home of his own, wherein she, with her
bad grammar and her ignorance, would be an encumbrance to him. Better
obliterate her as much as possible.
He showed a more manly anger now, but would not agree. She on her
side was more persistent, and he had doubts whether she could be trusted in his
absence. But by indignation and contempt for her taste he completely maintained
his ascendency; and finally taking her before a little cross and altar that he
had erected in his bedroom for his private devotions, there bade her kneel, and
swear that she would not wed Samuel Hobson without his consent. ‘I owe this to
my father!’ he said.
The poor woman swore, thinking he would soften as soon as he was
ordained and in full swing of clerical work. But he did not. His education had
by this time sufficiently ousted his humanity to keep him quite firm; though
his mother might have led an idyllic life with her faithful fruiterer and
greengrocer, and nobody have been anything the worse in the world.
Her lameness became more confirmed as time went on, and she seldom
or never left the house in the long southern thoroughfare, where she seemed to
be pining her heart away. ‘Why mayn’t I say to Sam that I’ll marry him? Why
mayn’t I?’ she would murmur plaintively to herself when nobody was near.
Some four years after this date a middle-aged man was standing at
the door of the largest fruiterer’s shop in Aldbrickham. He was the proprietor,
but to-day, instead of his usual business attire, he wore a neat suit of black;
and his window was partly shuttered. From the railway-station a funeral
procession was seen approaching: it passed his door and went out of the town
towards the village of Gaymead. The man, whose eyes were wet, held his hat in
his hand as the vehicles moved by; while from the mourning coach a young
smooth-shaven priest in a high waistcoat looked black as a cloud at the shop
keeper standing there.
December 1891.
CHAPTER I
Whether the utilitarian or the intuitive theory of the moral sense
be upheld, it is beyond question that there are a few subtle-souled persons
with whom the absolute gratuitousness of an act of reparation is an inducement
to perform it; while exhortation as to its necessity would breed excuses for
leaving it undone. The case of Mr. Millborne and Mrs. Frankland particularly
illustrated this, and perhaps something more.
There were few figures better known to the local crossing-sweeper
than Mr. Millborne’s, in his daily comings and goings along a familiar and
quiet London street, where he lived inside the door marked eleven, though not
as householder. In age he was fifty at least, and his habits were as regular as
those of a person can be who has no occupation but the study of how to keep
himself employed. He turned almost always to the right on getting to the end of
his street, then he went onward down Bond Street to his club, whence he
returned by precisely the same course about six o’clock, on foot; or, if he
went to dine, later on in a cab. He was known to be a man of some means, though
apparently not wealthy. Being a bachelor he seemed to prefer his present mode
of living as a lodger in Mrs. Towney’s best rooms, with the use of furniture
which he had bought ten times over in rent during his tenancy, to having a
house of his own.
None among his acquaintance tried to know him well, for his manner
and moods did not excite curiosity or deep friendship. He was not a man who
seemed to have anything on his mind, anything to conceal, anything to impart.
From his casual remarks it was generally understood that he was country-born, a
native of some place in Wessex; that he had come to London as a young man in a
banking-house, and had risen to a post of responsibility; when, by the death of
his father, who had been fortunate in his investments, the son succeeded to an income
which led him to retire from a business life somewhat early.
One evening, when he had been unwell for several days, Doctor
Bindon came in, after dinner, from the adjoining medical quarter, and smoked
with him over the fire. The patient’s ailment was not such as to require much
thought, and they talked together on indifferent subjects.
‘I am a lonely man, Bindon—a lonely man,’ Millborne took occasion
to say, shaking his head gloomily. ‘You don’t know such loneliness as mine . .
. And the older I get the more I am dissatisfied with myself. And to-day I have
been, through an accident, more than usually haunted by what, above all other
events of my life, causes that dissatisfaction—the recollection of an
unfulfilled promise made twenty years ago. In ordinary affairs I have always
been considered a man of my word and perhaps it is on that account that a
particular vow I once made, and did not keep, comes back to me with a magnitude
out of all proportion (I daresay) to its real gravity, especially at this time
of day. You know the discomfort caused at night by the half-sleeping sense that
a door or window has been left unfastened, or in the day by the remembrance of
unanswered letters. So does that promise haunt me from time to time, and has
done to-day particularly.’
There was a pause, and they smoked on. Millborne’s eyes, though
fixed on the fire, were really regarding attentively a town in the West of
England.
‘Yes,’ he continued, ‘I have never quite forgotten it, though
during the busy years of my life it was shelved and buried under the pressure
of my pursuits. And, as I say, to-day in particular, an incident in the
law-report of a somewhat similar kind has brought it back again vividly.
However, what it was I can tell you in a few words, though no doubt you, as a
man of the world, will smile at the thinness of my skin when you hear it . . .
I came up to town at one-and-twenty, from Toneborough, in Outer Wessex, where I
was born, and where, before I left, I had won the heart of a young woman of my
own age. I promised her marriage, took advantage of my promise, and—am a
bachelor.’
‘The old story.’
The other nodded.
‘I left the place, and thought at the time I had done a very
clever thing in getting so easily out of an entanglement. But I have lived long
enough for that promise to return to bother me—to be honest, not altogether as
a pricking of the conscience, but as a dissatisfaction with myself as a
specimen of the heap of flesh called humanity. If I were to ask you to lend me
fifty pounds, which I would repay you next midsummer, and I did not repay you,
I should consider myself a shabby sort of fellow, especially if you wanted the
money badly. Yet I promised that girl just as distinctly; and then coolly broke
my word, as if doing so were rather smart conduct than a mean action, for which
the poor victim herself, encumbered with a child, and not I, had really to pay
the penalty, in spite of certain pecuniary aid that was given. There, that’s
the retrospective trouble that I am always unearthing; and you may hardly
believe that though so many years have elapsed, and it is all gone by and done
with, and she must be getting on for an old woman now, as I am for an old man,
it really often destroys my sense of self-respect still.’
‘O, I can understand it. All depends upon the temperament.
Thousands of men would have forgotten all about it; so would you, perhaps, if
you had married and had a family. Did she ever marry?’
‘I don’t think so. O no—she never did. She left Toneborough, and
later on appeared under another name at Exonbury, in the next county, where she
was not known. It is very seldom that I go down into that part of the country,
but in passing through Exonbury, on one occasion, I learnt that she was quite a
settled resident there, as a teacher of music, or something of the kind. That
much I casually heard when I was there two or three years ago. But I have never
set eyes on her since our original acquaintance, and should not know her if I
met her.’
‘Did the child live?’ asked the doctor.
‘For several years, certainly,’ replied his friend. ‘I cannot say
if she is living now. It was a little girl. She might be married by this time
as far as years go.’
‘And the mother—was she a decent, worthy young woman?’
‘O yes; a sensible, quiet girl, neither attractive nor unattractive
to the ordinary observer; simply commonplace. Her position at the time of our
acquaintance was not so good as mine. My father was a solicitor, as I think I
have told you. She was a young girl in a music-shop; and it was represented to
me that it would be beneath my position to marry her. Hence the result.’
‘Well, all I can say is that after twenty years it is probably too
late to think of mending such a matter. It has doubtless by this time mended
itself. You had better dismiss it from your mind as an evil past your control.
Of course, if mother and daughter are alive, or either, you might settle
something upon them, if you were inclined, and had it to spare.’
‘Well, I haven’t much to spare; and I have relations in narrow
circumstances—perhaps narrower than theirs. But that is not the point. Were I
ever so rich I feel I could not rectify the past by money. I did not promise to
enrich her. On the contrary, I told her it would probably be dire poverty for
both of us. But I did promise to make her my wife.’
‘Then find her and do it,’ said the doctor jocularly as he rose to
leave.
‘Ah, Bindon. That, of course, is the obvious jest. But I haven’t
the slightest desire for marriage; I am quite content to live as I have lived.
I am a bachelor by nature, and instinct, and habit, and everything. Besides,
though I respect her still (for she was not an atom to blame), I haven’t any
shadow of love for her. In my mind she exists as one of those women you think
well of, but find uninteresting. It would be purely with the idea of putting
wrong right that I should hunt her up, and propose to do it off-hand.’
‘You don’t think of it seriously?’ said his surprised friend.
‘I sometimes think that I would, if it were practicable; simply,
as I say, to recover my sense of being a man of honour.’
‘I wish you luck in the enterprise,’ said Doctor Bindon. ‘You’ll
soon be out of that chair, and then you can put your impulse to the test.
But—after twenty years of silence—I should say, don’t!’
CHAPTER II
The doctor’s advice remained counterpoised, in Millborne’s mind,
by the aforesaid mood of seriousness and sense of principle, approximating
often to religious sentiment, which had been evolving itself in his breast for
months, and even years.
The feeling, however, had no immediate effect upon Mr. Millborne’s
actions. He soon got over his trifling illness, and was vexed with himself for
having, in a moment of impulse, confided such a case of conscience to anybody.
But the force which had prompted it, though latent, remained with
him and ultimately grew stronger. The upshot was that about four months after
the date of his illness and disclosure, Millborne found himself on a mild
spring morning at Paddington Station, in a train that was starting for the
west. His many intermittent thoughts on his broken promise from time to time,
in those hours when loneliness brought him face to face with his own
personality, had at last resulted in this course.
The decisive stimulus had been given when, a day or two earlier,
on looking into a Post-Office Directory, he learnt that the woman he had not
met for twenty years was still living on at Exonbury under the name she had
assumed when, a year or two after her disappearance from her native town and
his, she had returned from abroad as a young widow with a child, and taken up
her residence at the former city. Her condition was apparently but little
changed, and her daughter seemed to be with her, their names standing in the
Directory as ‘Mrs. Leonora Frankland and Miss Frankland, Teachers of Music and
Dancing.’
Mr. Millborne reached Exonbury in the afternoon, and his first
business, before even taking his luggage into the town, was to find the house
occupied by the teachers. Standing in a central and open place it was not
difficult to discover, a well-burnished brass doorplate bearing their names
prominently. He hesitated to enter without further knowledge, and ultimately
took lodgings over a toyshop opposite, securing a sitting-room which faced a
similar drawing or sitting-room at the Franklands’, where the dancing lessons
were given. Installed here he was enabled to make indirectly, and without
suspicion, inquiries and observations on the character of the ladies over the
way, which he did with much deliberateness.
He learnt that the widow, Mrs. Frankland, with her one daughter,
Frances, was of cheerful and excellent repute, energetic and painstaking with
her pupils, of whom she had a good many, and in whose tuition her daughter
assisted her. She was quite a recognized townswoman, and though the dancing
branch of her profession was perhaps a trifle worldly, she was really a
serious-minded lady who, being obliged to live by what she knew how to teach,
balanced matters by lending a hand at charitable bazaars, assisting at sacred
concerts, and giving musical recitations in aid of funds for bewildering happy
savages, and other such enthusiasms of this enlightened country. Her daughter
was one of the foremost of the bevy of young women who decorated the churches
at Easter and Christmas, was organist in one of those edifices, and had
subscribed to the testimonial of a silver broth-basin that was presented to the
Reverend Mr. Walker as a token of gratitude for his faithful and arduous
intonations of six months as sub-precentor in the Cathedral. Altogether mother
and daughter appeared to be a typical and innocent pair among the genteel
citizens of Exonbury.
As a natural and simple way of advertising their profession they
allowed the windows of the music-room to be a little open, so that you had the
pleasure of hearing all along the street at any hour between sunrise and sunset
fragmentary gems of classical music as interpreted by the young people of
twelve or fourteen who took lessons there. But it was said that Mrs. Frankland
made most of her income by letting out pianos on hire, and by selling them as
agent for the makers.
The report pleased Millborne; it was highly creditable, and far
better than he had hoped. He was curious to get a view of the two women who led
such blameless lives.
He had not long to wait to gain a glimpse of Leonora. It was when
she was standing on her own doorstep, opening her parasol, on the morning after
his arrival. She was thin, though not gaunt; and a good, well-wearing,
thoughtful face had taken the place of the one which had temporarily attracted
him in the days of his nonage. She wore black, and it became her in her
character of widow. The daughter next appeared; she was a smoothed and rounded
copy of her mother, with the same decision in her mien that Leonora had, and a
bounding gait in which he traced a faint resemblance to his own at her age.
For the first time he absolutely made up his mind to call on them.
But his antecedent step was to send Leonora a note the next morning, stating
his proposal to visit her, and suggesting the evening as the time, because she
seemed to be so greatly occupied in her professional capacity during the day.
He purposely worded his note in such a form as not to require an answer from
her which would be possibly awkward to write.
No answer came. Naturally he should not have been surprised at
this; and yet he felt a little checked, even though she had only refrained from
volunteering a reply that was not demanded.
At eight, the hour fixed by himself, he crossed over and was
passively admitted by the servant. Mrs. Frankland, as she called herself,
received him in the large music-and-dancing room on the first-floor front, and
not in any private little parlour as he had expected. This cast a distressingly
business-like colour over their first meeting after so many years of severance.
The woman he had wronged stood before him, well-dressed, even to his
metropolitan eyes, and her manner as she came up to him was dignified even to
hardness. She certainly was not glad to see him. But what could he expect after
a neglect of twenty years!
‘How do you do, Mr. Millborne?’ she said cheerfully, as to any
chance caller. ‘I am obliged to receive you here because my daughter has a
friend downstairs.’
‘Your daughter—and mine.’
‘Ah—yes, yes,’ she replied hastily, as if the addition had escaped
her memory. ‘But perhaps the less said about that the better, in fairness to
me. You will consider me a widow, please.’
‘Certainly, Leonora . . . ’ He could not get on, her manner was so
cold and indifferent. The expected scene of sad reproach, subdued to delicacy
by the run of years, was absent altogether. He was obliged to come to the point
without preamble.
‘You are quite free, Leonora—I mean as to marriage? There is
nobody who has your promise, or—’
‘O yes; quite free, Mr. Millborne,’ she said, somewhat surprised.
‘Then I will tell you why I have come. Twenty years ago I promised
to make you my wife; and I am here to fulfil that promise. Heaven forgive my
tardiness!’
Her surprise was increased, but she was not agitated. She seemed
to become gloomy, disapproving. ‘I could not entertain such an idea at this
time of life,’ she said after a moment or two. ‘It would complicate matters too
greatly. I have a very fair income, and require no help of any sort. I have no
wish to marry . . . What could have induced you to come on such an errand now?
It seems quite extraordinary, if I may say so!’
‘It must—I daresay it does,’ Millborne replied vaguely; ‘and I
must tell you that impulse—I mean in the sense of passion—has little to do with
it. I wish to marry you, Leonora; I much desire to marry you. But it is an
affair of conscience, a case of fulfilment. I promised you, and it was
dishonourable of me to go away. I want to remove that sense of dishonour before
I die. No doubt we might get to love each other as warmly as we did in old
times?’
She dubiously shook her head. ‘I appreciate your motives, Mr.
Millborne; but you must consider my position; and you will see that, short of
the personal wish to marry, which I don’t feel, there is no reason why I should
change my state, even though by so doing I should ease your conscience. My
position in this town is a respected one; I have built it up by my own hard
labours, and, in short, I don’t wish to alter it. My daughter, too, is just on
the verge of an engagement to be married, to a young man who will make her an
excellent husband. It will be in every way a desirable match for her. He is
downstairs now.’
‘Does she know—anything about me?’
‘O no, no; God forbid! Her father is dead and buried to her. So
that, you see, things are going on smoothly, and I don’t want to disturb their
progress.’
He nodded. ‘Very well,’ he said, and rose to go. At the door,
however, he came back again.
‘Still, Leonora,’ he urged, ‘I have come on purpose; and I don’t
see what disturbance would be caused. You would simply marry an old friend.
Won’t you reconsider? It is no more than right that we should be united,
remembering the girl.’
She shook her head, and patted with her foot nervously.
‘Well, I won’t detain you,’ he added. ‘I shall not be leaving
Exonbury yet. You will allow me to see you again?’
‘Yes; I don’t mind,’ she said reluctantly.
The obstacles he had encountered, though they did not reanimate
his dead passion for Leonora, did certainly make it appear indispensable to his
peace of mind to overcome her coldness. He called frequently. The first meeting
with the daughter was a trying ordeal, though he did not feel drawn towards her
as he had expected to be; she did not excite his sympathies. Her mother
confided to Frances the errand of ‘her old friend,’ which was viewed by the
daughter with strong disfavour. His desire being thus uncongenial to both, for
a long time Millborne made not the least impression upon Mrs. Frankland. His
attentions pestered her rather than pleased her. He was surprised at her
firmness, and it was only when he hinted at moral reasons for their union that
she was ever shaken. ‘Strictly speaking,’ he would say, ‘we ought, as honest
persons, to marry; and that’s the truth of it, Leonora.’
‘I have looked at it in that light,’ she said quickly. ‘It struck
me at the very first. But I don’t see the force of the argument. I totally deny
that after this interval of time I am bound to marry you for honour’s sake. I
would have married you, as you know well enough, at the proper time. But what
is the use of remedies now?’
They were standing at the window. A scantly-whiskered young man,
in clerical attire, called at the door below. Leonora flushed with interest.
‘Who is he?’ said Mr. Millborne.
‘My Frances’s lover. I am so sorry—she is not at home! Ah! they
have told him where she is, and he has gone to find her . . . I hope that suit
will prosper, at any rate!’
‘Why shouldn’t it?’
‘Well, he cannot marry yet; and Frances sees but little of him now
he has left Exonbury. He was formerly doing duty here, but now he is curate of
St. John’s, Ivell, fifty miles up the line. There is a tacit agreement between
them, but—there have been friends of his who object, because of our vocation.
However, he sees the absurdity of such an objection as that, and is not
influenced by it.’
‘Your marriage with me would help the match, instead of hindering
it, as you have said.’
‘Do you think it would?’
‘It certainly would, by taking you out of this business
altogether.’
By chance he had found the way to move her somewhat, and he
followed it up. This view was imparted to Mrs. Frankland’s daughter, and it led
her to soften her opposition. Millborne, who had given up his lodging in
Exonbury, journeyed to and fro regularly, till at last he overcame her negations,
and she expressed a reluctant assent.
They were married at the nearest church; and the goodwill—whatever
that was—of the music-and-dancing connection was sold to a successor only too
ready to jump into the place, the Millbornes having decided to live in London.
CHAPTER III
Millborne was a householder in his old district, though not in his
old street, and Mrs. Millborne and their daughter had turned themselves into
Londoners. Frances was well reconciled to the removal by her lover’s
satisfaction at the change. It suited him better to travel from Ivell a hundred
miles to see her in London, where he frequently had other engagements, than
fifty in the opposite direction where nothing but herself required his
presence. So here they were, furnished up to the attics, in one of the small
but popular streets of the West district, in a house whose front, till lately
of the complexion of a chimney-sweep, had been scraped to show to the surprised
wayfarer the bright yellow and red brick that had lain lurking beneath the soot
of fifty years.
The social lift that the two women had derived from the alliance
was considerable; but when the exhilaration which accompanies a first residence
in London, the sensation of standing on a pivot of the world, had passed, their
lives promised to be somewhat duller than when, at despised Exonbury, they had
enjoyed a nodding acquaintance with three-fourths of the town. Mr. Millborne
did not criticise his wife; he could not. Whatever defects of hardness and
acidity his original treatment and the lapse of years might have developed in
her, his sense of a realized idea, of a re-established self-satisfaction, was
always thrown into the scale on her side, and out-weighed all objections.
It was about a month after their settlement in town that the
household decided to spend a week at a watering-place in the Isle of Wight, and
while there the Reverend Percival Cope (the young curate aforesaid) came to see
them, Frances in particular. No formal engagement of the young pair had been
announced as yet, but it was clear that their mutual understanding could not
end in anything but marriage without grievous disappointment to one of the
parties at least. Not that Frances was sentimental. She was rather of the
imperious sort, indeed; and, to say all, the young girl had not fulfilled her
father’s expectations of her. But he hoped and worked for her welfare as
sincerely as any father could do.
Mr. Cope was introduced to the new head of the family, and stayed
with them in the Island two or three days. On the last day of his visit they
decided to venture on a two hours’ sail in one of the small yachts which lay
there for hire. The trip had not progressed far before all, except the curate,
found that sailing in a breeze did not quite agree with them; but as he seemed
to enjoy the experience, the other three bore their condition as well as they
could without grimace or complaint, till the young man, observing their
discomfort, gave immediate directions to tack about. On the way back to port
they sat silent, facing each other.
Nausea in such circumstances, like midnight watching, fatigue,
trouble, fright, has this marked effect upon the countenance, that it often
brings out strongly the divergences of the individual from the norm of his
race, accentuating superficial peculiarities to radical distinctions.
Unexpected physiognomies will uncover themselves at these times in well-known
faces; the aspect becomes invested with the spectral presence of entombed and
forgotten ancestors; and family lineaments of special or exclusive cast, which
in ordinary moments are masked by a stereotyped expression and mien, start up
with crude insistence to the view.
Frances, sitting beside her mother’s husband, with Mr. Cope
opposite, was naturally enough much regarded by the curate during the tedious
sail home; at first with sympathetic smiles. Then, as the middle-aged father
and his child grew each gray-faced, as the pretty blush of Frances
disintegrated into spotty stains, and the soft rotundities of her features
diverged from their familiar and reposeful beauty into elemental lines, Cope
was gradually struck with the resemblance between a pair in their discomfort
who in their ease presented nothing to the eye in common. Mr. Millborne and
Frances in their indisposition were strangely, startlingly alike.
The inexplicable fact absorbed Cope’s attention quite. He forgot
to smile at Frances, to hold her hand; and when they touched the shore he
remained sitting for some moments like a man in a trance.
As they went homeward, and recovered their complexions and
contours, the similarities one by one disappeared, and Frances and Mr.
Millborne were again masked by the commonplace differences of sex and age. It
was as if, during the voyage, a mysterious veil had been lifted, temporarily
revealing a strange pantomime of the past.
During the evening he said to her casually: ‘Is your step-father a
cousin of your mother, dear Frances?’
‘Oh, no,’ said she. ‘There is no relationship. He was only an old
friend of hers. Why did you suppose such a thing?’
He did not explain, and the next morning started to resume his
duties at Ivell.
Cope was an honest young fellow, and shrewd withal. At home in his
quiet rooms in St. Peter’s Street, Ivell, he pondered long and unpleasantly on
the revelations of the cruise. The tale it told was distinct enough, and for
the first time his position was an uncomfortable one. He had met the Franklands
at Exonbury as parishioners, had been attracted by Frances, and had floated
thus far into an engagement which was indefinite only because of his inability
to marry just yet. The Franklands’ past had apparently contained mysteries, and
it did not coincide with his judgment to marry into a family whose mystery was
of the sort suggested. So he sat and sighed, between his reluctance to lose
Frances and his natural dislike of forming a connection with people whose
antecedents would not bear the strictest investigation.
A passionate lover of the old-fashioned sort might possibly never
have halted to weigh these doubts; but though he was in the church Cope’s
affections were fastidious—distinctly tempered with the alloys of the century’s
decadence. He delayed writing to Frances for some while, simply because he
could not tune himself up to enthusiasm when worried by suspicions of such a
kind.
Meanwhile the Millbornes had returned to London, and Frances was
growing anxious. In talking to her mother of Cope she had innocently alluded to
his curious inquiry if her mother and her step-father were connected by any tie
of cousinship. Mrs. Millborne made her repeat the words. Frances did so, and
watched with inquisitive eyes their effect upon her elder.
‘What is there so startling in his inquiry then?’ she asked. ‘Can
it have anything to do with his not writing to me?’
Her mother flinched, but did not inform her, and Frances also was
now drawn within the atmosphere of suspicion. That night when standing by
chance outside the chamber of her parents she heard for the first time their
voices engaged in a sharp altercation.
The apple of discord had, indeed, been dropped into the house of
the Millbornes. The scene within the chamber-door was Mrs. Millborne standing
before her dressing-table, looking across to her husband in the dressing-room
adjoining, where he was sitting down, his eyes fixed on the floor.
‘Why did you come and disturb my life a second time?’ she harshly
asked. ‘Why did you pester me with your conscience, till I was driven to accept
you to get rid of your importunity? Frances and I were doing well: the one
desire of my life was that she should marry that good young man. And now the
match is broken off by your cruel interference! Why did you show yourself in my
world again, and raise this scandal upon my hard-won respectability—won by such
weary years of labour as none will ever know!’ She bent her face upon the table
and wept passionately.
There was no reply from Mr. Millborne. Frances lay awake nearly
all that night, and when at breakfast-time the next morning still no letter
appeared from Mr. Cope, she entreated her mother to go to Ivell and see if the
young man were ill.
Mrs. Millborne went, returning the same day. Frances, anxious and
haggard, met her at the station.
Was all well? Her mother could not say it was; though he was not
ill.
One thing she had found out, that it was a mistake to hunt up a
man when his inclinations were to hold aloof. Returning with her mother in the
cab Frances insisted upon knowing what the mystery was which plainly had
alienated her lover. The precise words which had been spoken at the interview
with him that day at Ivell Mrs. Millborne could not be induced to repeat; but
thus far she admitted, that the estrangement was fundamentally owing to Mr.
Millborne having sought her out and married her.
‘And why did he seek you out—and why were you obliged to marry
him?’ asked the distressed girl. Then the evidences pieced themselves together
in her acute mind, and, her colour gradually rising, she asked her mother if
what they pointed to was indeed the fact. Her mother admitted that it was.
A flush of mortification succeeded to the flush of shame upon the
young woman’s face. How could a scrupulously correct clergyman and lover like
Mr. Cope ask her to be his wife after this discovery of her irregular birth?
She covered her eyes with her hands in a silent despair.
In the presence of Mr. Millborne they at first suppressed their
anguish. But by and by their feelings got the better of them, and when he was
asleep in his chair after dinner Mrs. Millborne’s irritation broke out. The
embittered Frances joined her in reproaching the man who had come as the
spectre to their intended feast of Hymen, and turned its promise to ghastly
failure.
‘Why were you so weak, mother, as to admit such an enemy to your
house—one so obviously your evil genius—much less accept him as a husband,
after so long? If you had only told me all, I could have advised you better!
But I suppose I have no right to reproach him, bitter as I feel, and even
though he has blighted my life for ever!’
‘Frances, I did hold out; I saw it was a mistake to have any more
to say to a man who had been such an unmitigated curse to me! But he would not
listen; he kept on about his conscience and mine, till I was bewildered, and
said Yes! . . . Bringing us away from a quiet town where we were known and
respected—what an ill-considered thing it was! O the content of those days! We
had society there, people in our own position, who did not expect more of us
than we expected of them. Here, where there is so much, there is nothing! He
said London society was so bright and brilliant that it would be like a new
world. It may be to those who are in it; but what is that to us two lonely
women; we only see it flashing past! . . . O the fool, the fool that I was!’
Now Millborne was not so soundly asleep as to prevent his hearing
these animadversions that were almost execrations, and many more of the same
sort. As there was no peace for him at home, he went again to his club, where,
since his reunion with Leonora, he had seldom if ever been seen. But the shadow
of the troubles in his household interfered with his comfort here also; he
could not, as formerly, settle down into his favourite chair with the evening
paper, reposeful in the celibate’s sense that where he was his world’s centre
had its fixture. His world was now an ellipse, with a dual centrality, of which
his own was not the major.
The young curate of Ivell still held aloof, tantalizing Frances by
his elusiveness. Plainly he was waiting upon events. Millborne bore the
reproaches of his wife and daughter almost in silence; but by degrees he grew
meditative, as if revolving a new idea. The bitter cry about blighting their
existence at length became so impassioned that one day Millborne calmly
proposed to return again to the country; not necessarily to Exonbury, but, if
they were willing, to a little old manor-house which he had found was to be
let, standing a mile from Mr. Cope’s town of Ivell.
They were surprised, and, despite their view of him as the bringer
of ill, were disposed to accede. ‘Though I suppose,’ said Mrs. Millborne to
him, ‘it will end in Mr. Cope’s asking you flatly about the past, and your
being compelled to tell him; which may dash all my hopes for Frances. She gets
more and more like you every day, particularly when she is in a bad temper.
People will see you together, and notice it; and I don’t know what may come of
it!’
‘I don’t think they will see us together,’ he said; but he entered
into no argument when she insisted otherwise. The removal was eventually
resolved on; the town-house was disposed of; and again came the invasion by
furniture-men and vans, till all the movables and servants were whisked away.
He sent his wife and daughter to an hotel while this was going on, taking two
or three journeys himself to Ivell to superintend the refixing, and the
improvement of the grounds. When all was done he returned to them in town.
The house was ready for their reception, he told them, and there
only remained the journey. He accompanied them and their personal luggage to
the station only, having, he said, to remain in town a short time on business
with his lawyer. They went, dubious and discontented—for the much-loved Cope
had made no sign.
‘If we were going down to live here alone,’ said Mrs Millborne to
her daughter in the train; ‘and there was no intrusive tell-tale presence! . .
. But let it be!’
The house was a lovely little place in a grove of elms, and they
liked it much. The first person to call upon them as new residents was Mr.
Cope. He was delighted to find that they had come so near, and (though he did
not say this) meant to live in such excellent style. He had not, however,
resumed the manner of a lover.
‘Your father spoils all!’ murmured Mrs. Millborne.
But three days later she received a letter from her husband, which
caused her no small degree of astonishment. It was written from Boulogne.
It began with a long explanation of settlements of his property,
in which he had been engaged since their departure. The chief feature in the
business was that Mrs. Millborne found herself the absolute owner of a
comfortable sum in personal estate, and Frances of a life-interest in a larger
sum, the principal to be afterwards divided amongst her children if she had
any. The remainder of his letter ran as hereunder:—
‘I have learnt that
there are some derelictions of duty which cannot be blotted out by tardy
accomplishment. Our evil actions do not remain isolated in the past, waiting
only to be reversed: like locomotive plants they spread and re-root, till to
destroy the original stem has no material effect in killing them. I made a mistake
in searching you out; I admit it; whatever the remedy may be in such cases it
is not marriage, and the best thing for you and me is that you do not see me
more. You had better not seek me, for you will not be likely to find me: you
are well provided for, and we may do ourselves more harm than good by meeting
again.
‘F. M.’
Millborne, in short, disappeared from that day forward. But a
searching inquiry would have revealed that, soon after the Millbornes went to
Ivell, an Englishman, who did not give the name of Millborne, took up his
residence in Brussels; a man who might have been recognized by Mrs. Millborne
if she had met him. One afternoon in the ensuing summer, when this gentleman
was looking over the English papers, he saw the announcement of Miss Frances
Frankland’s marriage. She had become the Reverend Mrs. Cope.
‘Thank God!’ said the gentleman.
But his momentary satisfaction was far from being happiness. As he
formerly had been weighted with a bad conscience, so now was he burdened with
the heavy thought which oppressed Antigone, that by honourable observance of a
rite he had obtained for himself the reward of dishonourable laxity.
Occasionally he had to be helped to his lodgings by his servant from the Cercle he
frequented, through having imbibed a little too much liquor to be able to take
care of himself. But he was harmless, and even when he had been drinking said
little.
March 1891.
CHAPTER I
The shouts of the village-boys came in at the window, accompanied
by broken laughter from loungers at the inn-door; but the brothers Halborough
worked on.
They were sitting in a bedroom of the master-millwright’s house,
engaged in the untutored reading of Greek and Latin. It was no tale of Homeric
blows and knocks, Argonautic voyaging, or Theban family woe that inflamed their
imaginations and spurred them onward. They were plodding away at the Greek
Testament, immersed in a chapter of the idiomatic and difficult Epistle to the
Hebrews.
The Dog-day sun in its decline reached the low ceiling with
slanting sides, and the shadows of the great goat’s-willow swayed and
interchanged upon the walls like a spectral army manoeuvring. The open casement
which admitted the remoter sounds now brought the voice of some one close at
hand. It was their sister, a pretty girl of fourteen, who stood in the court
below.
‘I can see the tops of your heads! What’s the use of staying up
there? I like you not to go out with the street-boys; but do come and play with
me!’
They treated her as an inadequate interlocutor, and put her off
with some slight word. She went away disappointed. Presently there was a dull
noise of heavy footsteps at the side of the house, and one of the brothers sat
up. ‘I fancy I hear him coming,’ he murmured, his eyes on the window.
A man in the light drab clothes of an old-fashioned country
tradesman approached from round the corner, reeling as he came. The elder son
flushed with anger, rose from his books, and descended the stairs. The younger
sat on, till, after the lapse of a few minutes, his brother re-entered the
room.
‘Did Rosa see him?’
‘No.’
‘Nor anybody?’
‘No.’
‘What have you done with him?’
‘He’s in the straw-shed. I got him in with some trouble, and he
has fallen asleep. I thought this would be the explanation of his absence! No
stones dressed for Miller Kench, the great wheel of the saw-mills waiting for
new float-boards, even the poor folk not able to get their waggons wheeled.’
‘What is the use of poring over this!’ said the
younger, shutting up Donnegan’s Lexicon with a slap. ‘O if we
had only been able to keep mother’s nine hundred pounds, what we could have
done!’
‘How well she had estimated the sum necessary! Four hundred and
fifty each, she thought. And I have no doubt that we could have done it on
that, with care.’
This loss of the nine hundred pounds was the sharp thorn of their
crown. It was a sum which their mother had amassed with great exertion and
self-denial, by adding to a chance legacy such other small amounts as she could
lay hands on from time to time; and she had intended with the hoard to indulge
the dear wish of her heart—that of sending her sons, Joshua and Cornelius, to
one of the Universities, having been informed that from four hundred to four
hundred and fifty each might carry them through their terms with such great
economy as she knew she could trust them to practise. But she had died a year
or two before this time, worn out by too keen a strain towards these ends; and
the money, coming unreservedly into the hands of their father, had been nearly dissipated.
With its exhaustion went all opportunity and hope of a university degree for
the sons.
‘It drives me mad when I think of it,’ said Joshua, the elder.
‘And here we work and work in our own bungling way, and the utmost we can hope
for is a term of years as national schoolmasters, and possible admission to a
Theological college, and ordination as despised licentiates.’
The anger of the elder was reflected as simple sadness in the face
of the other. ‘We can preach the Gospel as well without a hood on our surplices
as with one,’ he said with feeble consolation.
‘Preach the Gospel—true,’ said Joshua with a slight pursing of
mouth. ‘But we can’t rise!’
‘Let us make the best of it, and grind on.’
The other was silent, and they drearily bent over their books
again.
The cause of all this gloom, the millwright Halborough, now
snoring in the shed, had been a thriving master-machinist, notwithstanding his
free and careless disposition, till a taste for a more than adequate quantity
of strong liquor took hold of him; since when his habits had interfered with
his business sadly. Already millers went elsewhere for their gear, and only one
set of hands was now kept going, though there were formerly two. Already he
found a difficulty in meeting his men at the week’s end, and though they had
been reduced in number there was barely enough work to do for those who
remained.
The sun dropped lower and vanished, the shouts of the village
children ceased to resound, darkness cloaked the students’ bedroom, and all the
scene outwardly breathed peace. None knew of the fevered youthful ambitions
that throbbed in two breasts within the quiet creeper-covered walls of the
millwright’s house.
In a few months the brothers left the village of their birth to
enter themselves as students in a training college for schoolmasters; first
having placed their young sister Rosa under as efficient a tuition at a
fashionable watering-place as the means at their disposal could command.
CHAPTER II
A man in semi-clerical dress was walking along the road which led
from the railway-station into a provincial town. As he walked he read
persistently, only looking up once now and then to see that he was keeping on
the foot track and to avoid other passengers. At those moments, whoever had
known the former students at the millwright’s would have perceived that one of
them, Joshua Halborough, was the peripatetic reader here.
What had been simple force in the youth’s face was energized
judgment in the man’s. His character was gradually writing itself out in his
countenance. That he was watching his own career with deeper and deeper
interest, that he continually ‘heard his days before him,’ and cared to hear
little else, might have been hazarded from what was seen there. His ambitions
were, in truth, passionate, yet controlled; so that the germs of many more
plans than ever blossomed to maturity had place in him; and forward visions
were kept purposely in twilight, to avoid distraction.
Events so far had been encouraging. Shortly after assuming the
mastership of his first school he had obtained an introduction to the Bishop of
a diocese far from his native county, who had looked upon him as a promising
young man and taken him in hand. He was now in the second year of his residence
at the theological college of the cathedral-town, and would soon be presented
for ordination.
He entered the town, turned into a back street, and then into a
yard, keeping his book before him till he set foot under the arch of the latter
place. Round the arch was written ‘National School,’ and the stonework of the
jambs was worn away as nothing but boys and the waves of ocean will wear it. He
was soon amid the sing-song accents of the scholars.
His brother Cornelius, who was the schoolmaster here, laid down
the pointer with which he was directing attention to the Capes of Europe, and
came forward.
‘That’s his brother Jos!’ whispered one of the sixth standard
boys. ‘He’s going to be a pa’son, he’s now at college.’
‘Corney is going to be one too, when he’s saved enough money,’
said another.
After greeting his brother, whom he had not seen for several
months, the junior began to explain his system of teaching geography.
But Halborough the elder took no interest in the subject. ‘How
about your own studies?’ he asked. ‘Did you get the books I sent?’
Cornelius had received them, and he related what he was doing.
‘Mind you work in the morning. What time do you get up?’
The younger replied: ‘Half-past five.’
‘Half-past four is not a minute too soon this time of the year.
There is no time like the morning for construing. I don’t know why, but when I
feel even too dreary to read a novel I can translate—there is something
mechanical about it I suppose. Now, Cornelius, you are rather behindhand, and
have some heavy reading before you if you mean to get out of this next
Christmas.’
‘I am afraid I have.’
‘We must soon sound the Bishop. I am sure you will get a title
without difficulty when he has heard all. The sub-dean, the principal of my
college, says that the best plan will be for you to come there when his
lordship is present at an examination, and he’ll get you a personal interview
with him. Mind you make a good impression upon him. I found in my case that
that was everything and doctrine almost nothing. You’ll do for a deacon,
Corney, if not for a priest.’
The younger remained thoughtful. ‘Have you heard from Rosa
lately?’ he asked; ‘I had a letter this morning.’
‘Yes. The little minx writes rather too often. She is
homesick—though Brussels must be an attractive place enough. But she must make
the most of her time over there. I thought a year would be enough for her,
after that high-class school at Sandbourne, but I have decided to give her two,
and make a good job of it, expensive as the establishment is.’
Their two rather harsh faces had softened directly they began to
speak of their sister, whom they loved more ambitiously than they loved
themselves.
‘But where is the money to come from, Joshua?’
‘I have already got it.’ He looked round, and finding that some
boys were near withdrew a few steps. ‘I have borrowed it at five per cent. from
the farmer who used to occupy the farm next our field. You remember him.’
‘But about paying him?’
‘I shall pay him by degrees out of my stipend. No, Cornelius, it
was no use to do the thing by halves. She promises to be a most attractive, not
to say beautiful, girl. I have seen that for years; and if her face is not her
fortune, her face and her brains together will be, if I observe and contrive
aright. That she should be, every inch of her, an accomplished and refined woman,
was indispensable for the fulfilment of her destiny, and for moving onwards and
upwards with us; and she’ll do it, you will see. I’d half starve myself rather
than take her away from that school now.’
They looked round the school they were in. To Cornelius it was
natural and familiar enough, but to Joshua, with his limited human sympathies,
who had just dropped in from a superior sort of place, the sight jarred
unpleasantly, as being that of something he had left behind. ‘I shall be glad
when you are out of this,’ he said, ‘and in your pulpit, and well through your
first sermon.’
‘You may as well say inducted into my fat living, while you are
about it.’
‘Ah, well—don’t think lightly of the Church. There’s a fine work
for any man of energy in the Church, as you’ll find,’ he said fervidly.
‘Torrents of infidelity to be stemmed, new views of old subjects to be
expounded, truths in spirit to be substituted for truths in the letter . . . ’
He lapsed into reverie with the vision of his career, persuading himself that
it was ardour for Christianity which spurred him on, and not pride of place. He
had shouldered a body of doctrine, and was prepared to defend it tooth and
nail, solely for the honour and glory that warriors win.
‘If the Church is elastic, and stretches to the shape of the time,
she’ll last, I suppose,’ said Cornelius. ‘If not—. Only think, I bought a copy
of Paley’s Evidences, best edition, broad margins, excellent
preservation, at a bookstall the other day for—ninepence; and I thought that at
this rate Christianity must be in rather a bad way.’
‘No, no!’ said the other almost, angrily. ‘It only shows that such
defences are no longer necessary. Men’s eyes can see the truth without
extraneous assistance. Besides, we are in for Christianity, and must stick to
her whether or no. I am just now going right through Pusey’s Library of
the Fathers.’
‘You’ll be a bishop, Joshua, before you have done!’
‘Ah!’ said the other bitterly, shaking his head. ‘Perhaps I might
have been—I might have been! But where is my D.D. or LL.D.; and how be a bishop
without that kind of appendage? Archbishop Tillotson was the son of a Sowerby
clothier, but he was sent to Clare College. To hail Oxford or Cambridge
as alma mater is not for me—for us! My God! when I think of
what we should have been—what fair promise has been blighted by that cursed,
worthless—’
‘Hush, hush! . . . But I feel it, too, as much as you. I have seen
it more forcibly lately. You would have obtained your degree long before this
time—possibly fellowship—and I should have been on my way to mine.’
‘Don’t talk of it,’ said the other. ‘We must do the best we can.’
They looked out of the window sadly, through the dusty panes, so
high up that only the sky was visible. By degrees the haunting trouble loomed
again, and Cornelius broke the silence with a whisper: ‘He has called on me!’
The living pulses died on Joshua’s face, which grew arid as a
clinker. ‘When was that?’ he asked quickly.
‘Last week.’
‘How did he get here—so many miles?’
‘Came by railway. He came to ask for money.’
‘Ah!’
‘He says he will call on you.’
Joshua replied resignedly. The theme of their conversation spoilt
his buoyancy for that afternoon. He returned in the evening, Cornelius
accompanying him to the station; but he did not read in the train which took
him back to the Fountall Theological College, as he had done on the way out.
That ineradicable trouble still remained as a squalid spot in the expanse of
his life. He sat with the other students in the cathedral choir next day; and
the recollection of the trouble obscured the purple splendour thrown by the
panes upon the floor.
It was afternoon. All was as still in the Close as a
cathedral-green can be between the Sunday services, and the incessant cawing of
the rooks was the only sound. Joshua Halborough had finished his ascetic lunch,
and had gone into the library, where he stood for a few moments looking out of
the large window facing the green. He saw walking slowly across it a man in a
fustian coat and a battered white hat with a much-ruffled nap, having upon his
arm a tall gipsy-woman wearing long brass earrings. The man was staring
quizzically at the west front of the cathedral, and Halborough recognized in
him the form and features of his father. Who the woman was he knew not. Almost
as soon as Joshua became conscious of these things, the sub-dean, who was also
the principal of the college, and of whom the young man stood in more awe than
of the Bishop himself, emerged from the gate and entered a path across the
Close. The pair met the dignitary, and to Joshua’s horror his father turned and
addressed the sub-dean.
What passed between them he could not tell. But as he stood in a
cold sweat he saw his father place his hand familiarly on the sub-dean’s
shoulder; the shrinking response of the latter, and his quick withdrawal, told
his feeling. The woman seemed to say nothing, but when the sub-dean had passed
by they came on towards the college gate.
Halborough flew along the corridor and out at a side door, so as
to intercept them before they could reach the front entrance, for which they
were making. He caught them behind a clump of laurel.
‘By Jerry, here’s the very chap! Well, you’re a fine fellow, Jos,
never to send your father as much as a twist o’ baccy on such an occasion, and
to leave him to travel all these miles to find ye out!’
‘First, who is this?’ said Joshua Halborough with pale dignity,
waving his hand towards the buxom woman with the great earrings.
‘Dammy, the mis’ess! Your step-mother! Didn’t you know I’d
married? She helped me home from market one night, and we came to terms, and
struck the bargain. Didn’t we, Selinar?’
‘Oi, by the great Lord an’ we did!’ simpered the lady.
‘Well, what sort of a place is this you are living in?’ asked the
millwright. ‘A kind of house-of-correction, apparently?’
Joshua listened abstractedly, his features set to resignation.
Sick at heart he was going to ask them if they were in want of any necessary,
any meal, when his father cut him short by saying, ‘Why, we’ve called to ask ye
to come round and take pot-luck with us at the Cock-and-Bottle, where we’ve put
up for the day, on our way to see mis’ess’s friends at Binegar Fair, where
they’ll be lying under canvas for a night or two. As for the victuals at the
Cock I can’t testify to ’em at all; but for the drink, they’ve the rarest drop
of Old Tom that I’ve tasted for many a year.’
‘Thanks; but I am a teetotaller; and I have lunched,’ said Joshua,
who could fully believe his father’s testimony to the gin, from the odour of
his breath. ‘You see we have to observe regular habits here; and I couldn’t be
seen at the Cock-and-Bottle just now.’
‘O dammy, then don’t come, your reverence. Perhaps you won’t mind
standing treat for those who can be seen there?’
‘Not a penny,’ said the younger firmly. ‘You’ve had enough
already.’
‘Thank you for nothing. By the bye, who was that spindle-legged,
shoe-buckled parson feller we met by now? He seemed to think we should poison
him!’
Joshua remarked coldly that it was the principal of his college,
guardedly inquiring, ‘Did you tell him whom you were come to see?’
His father did not reply. He and his strapping gipsy wife—if she
were his wife—stayed no longer, and disappeared in the direction of the High
Street. Joshua Halborough went back to the library. Determined as was his nature,
he wept hot tears upon the books, and was immeasurably more wretched that
afternoon than the unwelcome millwright. In the evening he sat down and wrote a
letter to his brother, in which, after stating what had happened, and
expatiating upon this new disgrace in the gipsy wife, he propounded a plan for
raising money sufficient to induce the couple to emigrate to Canada. ‘It is our
only chance,’ he said. ‘The case as it stands is maddening. For a successful
painter, sculptor, musician, author, who takes society by storm, it is no
drawback, it is sometimes even a romantic recommendation, to hail from outcasts
and profligates. But for a clergyman of the Church of England! Cornelius, it is
fatal! To succeed in the Church, people must believe in you, first of all, as a
gentleman, secondly as a man of means, thirdly as a scholar, fourthly as a
preacher, fifthly, perhaps, as a Christian,—but always first as a gentleman,
with all their heart and soul and strength. I would have faced the fact of
being a small machinist’s son, and have taken my chance, if he’d been in any
sense respectable and decent. The essence of Christianity is humility, and by
the help of God I would have brazened it out. But this terrible vagabondage and
disreputable connection! If he does not accept my terms and leave the country,
it will extinguish us and kill me. For how can we live, and relinquish our high
aim, and bring down our dear sister Rosa to the level of a gipsy’s
step-daughter?’
CHAPTER III
There was excitement in the parish of Narrobourne one day. The
congregation had just come out from morning service, and the whole conversation
was of the new curate, Mr. Halborough, who had officiated for the first time,
in the absence of the rector.
Never before had the feeling of the villagers approached a level
which could be called excitement on such a matter as this. The droning which
had been the rule in that quiet old place for a century seemed ended at last.
They repeated the text to each other as a refrain: ‘O Lord, be thou my helper!’
Not within living memory till to-day had the subject of the sermon formed the
topic of conversation from the church door to church-yard gate, to the
exclusion of personal remarks on those who had been present, and on the week’s
news in general.
The thrilling periods of the preacher hung about their minds all
that day. The parish being steeped in indifferentism, it happened that when the
youths and maidens, middle-aged and old people, who had attended church that
morning, recurred as by a fascination to what Halborough had said, they did so
more or less indirectly, and even with the subterfuge of a light laugh that was
not real, so great was their shyness under the novelty of their sensations.
What was more curious than that these unconventional villagers
should have been excited by a preacher of a new school after forty years of
familiarity with the old hand who had had charge of their souls, was the effect
of Halborough’s address upon the occupants of the manor-house pew, including
the owner of the estate. These thought they knew how to discount the mere
sensational sermon, how to minimize flash oratory to its bare proportions; but
they had yielded like the rest of the assembly to the charm of the newcomer.
Mr. Fellmer, the landowner, was a young widower, whose mother,
still in the prime of life, had returned to her old position in the family
mansion since the death of her son’s wife in the year after her marriage, at
the birth of a fragile little girl. From the date of his loss to the present
time, Fellmer had led an inactive existence in the seclusion of the parish; a
lack of motive seemed to leave him listless. He had gladly reinstated his
mother in the gloomy house, and his main occupation now lay in stewarding his
estate, which was not large. Mrs. Fellmer, who had sat beside him under
Halborough this morning, was a cheerful, straightforward woman, who did her
marketing and her alms-giving in person, was fond of old-fashioned flowers, and
walked about the village on very wet days visiting the parishioners. These, the
only two great ones of Narrobourne, were impressed by Joshua’s eloquence as
much as the cottagers.
Halborough had been briefly introduced to them on his arrival some
days before, and, their interest being kindled, they waited a few moments till
he came out of the vestry, to walk down the churchyard-path with him. Mrs.
Fellmer spoke warmly of the sermon, of the good fortune of the parish in his
advent, and hoped he had found comfortable quarters.
Halborough, faintly flushing, said that he had obtained very fair
lodgings in the roomy house of a farmer, whom he named.
She feared he would find it very lonely, especially in the
evenings, and hoped they would see a good deal of him. When would he dine with
them? Could he not come that day—it must be so dull for him the first Sunday
evening in country lodgings?
Halborough replied that it would give him much pleasure, but that
he feared he must decline. ‘I am not altogether alone,’ he said. ‘My sister,
who has just returned from Brussels, and who felt, as you do, that I should be
rather dismal by myself, has accompanied me hither to stay a few days till she
has put my rooms in order and set me going. She was too fatigued to come to
church, and is waiting for me now at the farm.’
‘Oh, but bring your sister—that will be still better! I shall be
delighted to know her. How I wish I had been aware! Do tell her, please, that
we had no idea of her presence.’
Halborough assured Mrs. Fellmer that he would certainly bear the
message; but as to her coming he was not so sure. The real truth was, however,
that the matter would be decided by him, Rosa having an almost filial respect
for his wishes. But he was uncertain as to the state of her wardrobe, and had
determined that she should not enter the manor-house at a disadvantage that
evening, when there would probably be plenty of opportunities in the future of
her doing so becomingly.
He walked to the farm in long strides. This, then, was the outcome
of his first morning’s work as curate here. Things had gone fairly well with him.
He had been ordained; he was in a comfortable parish, where he would exercise
almost sole supervision, the rector being infirm. He had made a deep impression
at starting, and the absence of a hood seemed to have done him no harm.
Moreover, by considerable persuasion and payment, his father and the dark woman
had been shipped off to Canada, where they were not likely to interfere greatly
with his interests.
Rosa came out to meet him. ‘Ah! you should have gone to church
like a good girl,’ he said.
‘Yes—I wished I had afterwards. But I do so hate church as a rule
that even your preaching was underestimated in my mind. It was too bad of me!’
The girl who spoke thus playfully was fair, tall, and sylph-like,
in a muslin dress, and with just the coquettish désinvolture which
an English girl brings home from abroad, and loses again after a few months of
native life. Joshua was the reverse of playful; the world was too important a
concern for him to indulge in light moods. He told her in decided, practical
phraseology of the invitation.
‘Now, Rosa, we must go—that’s settled—if you’ve a dress that can
be made fit to wear all on the hop like this. You didn’t, of course, think of
bringing an evening dress to such an out-of-the-way place?’
But Rosa had come from the wrong city to be caught napping in
those matters. ‘Yes, I did,’ said she. ‘One never knows what may turn up.’
‘Well done! Then off we go at seven.’
The evening drew on, and at dusk they started on foot, Rosa
pulling up the edge of her skirt under her cloak out of the way of the dews, so
that it formed a great wind-bag all round her, and carrying her satin shoes
under her arm. Joshua would not let her wait till she got indoors before
changing them, as she proposed, but insisted on her performing that operation
under a tree, so that they might enter as if they had not walked. He was
nervously formal about such trifles, while Rosa took the whole proceeding—walk,
dressing, dinner, and all—as a pastime. To Joshua it was a serious step in
life.
A more unexpected kind of person for a curate’s sister was never
presented at a dinner. The surprise of Mrs. Fellmer was unconcealed. She had
looked forward to a Dorcas, or Martha, or Rhoda at the outside, and a shade of
misgiving crossed her face. It was possible that, had the young lady
accompanied her brother to church, there would have been no dining at
Narrobourne House that day.
Not so with the young widower, her son. He resembled a sleeper who
had awaked in a summer noon expecting to find it only dawn. He could scarcely
help stretching his arms and yawning in their faces, so strong was his sense of
being suddenly aroused to an unforeseen thing. When they had sat down to table
he at first talked to Rosa somewhat with the air of a ruler in the land; but
the woman lurking in the acquaintance soon brought him to his level, and the
girl from Brussels saw him looking at her mouth, her hands, her contour, as if
he could not quite comprehend how they got created: then he dropped into the
more satisfactory stage which discerns no particulars.
He talked but little; she said much. The homeliness of the
Fellmers, to her view, though they were regarded with such awe down here, quite
disembarrassed her. The squire had become so unpractised, had dropped so far
into the shade during the last year or so of his life, that he had almost
forgotten what the world contained till this evening reminded him. His mother,
after her first moments of doubt, appeared to think that he must be left to his
own guidance, and gave her attention to Joshua.
With all his foresight and doggedness of aim, the result of that
dinner exceeded Halborough’s expectations. In weaving his ambitions he had
viewed his sister Rosa as a slight, bright thing to be helped into notice by
his abilities; but it now began to dawn upon him that the physical gifts of
nature to her might do more for them both than nature’s intellectual gifts to
himself. While he was patiently boring the tunnel Rosa seemed about to fly over
the mountain.
He wrote the next day to his brother, now occupying his own old
rooms in the theological college, telling him exultingly of the
unanticipated début of Rosa at the manor-house. The next post
brought him a reply of congratulation, dashed with the counteracting
intelligence that his father did not like Canada—that his wife had deserted
him, which made him feel so dreary that he thought of returning home.
In his recent satisfaction at his own successes Joshua Halborough
had well-nigh forgotten his chronic trouble—latterly screened by distance. But
it now returned upon him; he saw more in this brief announcement than his
brother seemed to see. It was the cloud no bigger than a man’s hand.
CHAPTER IV
The following December, a day or two before Christmas, Mrs.
Fellmer and her son were walking up and down the broad gravel path which
bordered the east front of the house. Till within the last half-hour the
morning had been a drizzling one, and they had just emerged for a short turn
before luncheon.
‘You see, dear mother,’ the son was saying, ‘it is the peculiarity
of my position which makes her appear to me in such a desirable light. When you
consider how I have been crippled at starting, how my life has been maimed;
that I feel anything like publicity distasteful, that I have no political
ambition, and that my chief aim and hope lie in the education of the little
thing Annie has left me, you must see how desirable a wife like Miss Halborough
would be, to prevent my becoming a mere vegetable.’
‘If you adore her, I suppose you must have her!’ replied his
mother with dry indirectness. ‘But you’ll find that she will not be content to
live on here as you do, giving her whole mind to a young child.’
‘That’s just where we differ. Her very disqualification, that of
being a nobody, as you call it, is her recommendation in my eyes. Her lack of
influential connections limits her ambition. From what I know of her, a life in
this place is all that she would wish for. She would never care to go outside
the park-gates if it were necessary to stay within.’
‘Being in love with her, Albert, and meaning to marry her, you
invent your practical reasons to make the case respectable. Well, do as you
will; I have no authority over you, so why should you consult me? You mean to
propose on this very occasion, no doubt. Don’t you, now?’
‘By no means. I am merely revolving the idea in my mind. If on
further acquaintance she turns out to be as good as she has hitherto
seemed—well, I shall see. Admit, now, that you like her.’
‘I readily admit it. She is very captivating at first sight. But
as a stepmother to your child! You seem mighty anxious, Albert, to get rid of
me!’
‘Not at all. And I am not so reckless as you think. I don’t make
up my mind in a hurry. But the thought having occurred to me, I mention it to
you at once, mother. If you dislike it, say so.’
‘I don’t say anything. I will try to make the best of it if you
are determined. When does she come?’
‘To-morrow.’
All this time there were great preparations in train at the
curate’s, who was now a householder. Rosa, whose two or three weeks’ stay on
two occasions earlier in the year had so affected the squire, was coming again,
and at the same time her younger brother Cornelius, to make up a family party.
Rosa, who journeyed from the Midlands, could not arrive till late in the
evening, but Cornelius was to get there in the afternoon, Joshua going out to
meet him in his walk across the fields from the railway.
Everything being ready in Joshua’s modest abode he started on his
way, his heart buoyant and thankful, if ever it was in his life. He was of such
good report himself that his brother’s path into holy orders promised to be
unexpectedly easy; and he longed to compare experiences with him, even though
there was on hand a more exciting matter still. From his youth he had held
that, in old-fashioned country places, the Church conferred social prestige up
to a certain point at a cheaper price than any other profession or pursuit; and
events seemed to be proving him right.
He had walked about half an hour when he saw Cornelius coming
along the path; and in a few minutes the two brothers met. The experiences of
Cornelius had been less immediately interesting than those of Joshua, but his
personal position was satisfactory, and there was nothing to account for the
singularly subdued manner that he exhibited, which at first Joshua set down to
the fatigue of over-study; and he proceeded to the subject of Rosa’s arrival in
the evening, and the probable consequences of this her third visit. ‘Before
next Easter she’ll be his wife, my boy,’ said Joshua with grave exultation.
Cornelius shook his head. ‘She comes too late!’ he returned.
‘What do you mean?’
‘Look here.’ He produced the Fountall paper, and placed his finger
on a paragraph, which Joshua read. It appeared under the report of Petty
Sessions, and was a commonplace case of disorderly conduct, in which a man was
sent to prison for seven days for breaking windows in that town.
‘Well?’ said Joshua.
‘It happened during an evening that I was in the street; and the
offender is our father.’
‘Not—how—I sent him more money on his promising to stay in
Canada?’
‘He is home, safe enough.’ Cornelius in the same gloomy tone gave
the remainder of his information. He had witnessed the scene, unobserved of his
father, and had heard him say that he was on his way to see his daughter, who
was going to marry a rich gentleman. The only good fortune attending the
untoward incident was that the millwright’s name had been printed as Joshua
Alborough.
‘Beaten! We are to be beaten on the eve of our expected victory!’
said the elder brother. ‘How did he guess that Rosa was likely to marry? Good
Heaven Cornelius, you seem doomed to bring bad news always, do you not!’
‘I do,’ said Cornelius. ‘Poor Rosa!’
It was almost in tears, so great was their heart-sickness and
shame, that the brothers walked the remainder of the way to Joshua’s dwelling.
In the evening they set out to meet Rosa, bringing her to the village in a fly;
and when she had come into the house, and was sitting down with them, they
almost forgot their secret anxiety in contemplating her, who knew nothing about
it.
Next day the Fellmers came, and the two or three days after that
were a lively time. That the squire was yielding to his impulses—making up his
mind—there could be no doubt. On Sunday Cornelius read the lessons, and Joshua
preached. Mrs. Fellmer was quite maternal towards Rosa, and it appeared that
she had decided to welcome the inevitable with a good grace. The pretty girl
was to spend yet another afternoon with the elder lady, superintending some
parish treat at the house in observance of Christmas, and afterwards to stay on
to dinner, her brothers to fetch her in the evening. They were also invited to
dine, but they could not accept owing to an engagement.
The engagement was of a sombre sort. They were going to meet their
father, who would that day be released from Fountall Gaol, and try to persuade
him to keep away from Narrobourne. Every exertion was to be made to get him
back to Canada, to his old home in the Midlands—anywhere, so that he would not
impinge disastrously upon their courses, and blast their sister’s prospects of
the auspicious marriage which was just then hanging in the balance.
As soon as Rosa had been fetched away by her friends at the
manor-house her brothers started on their expedition, without waiting for
dinner or tea. Cornelius, to whom the millwright always addressed his letters
when he wrote any, drew from his pocket and re-read as he walked the curt note
which had led to this journey being undertaken; it was despatched by their
father the night before, immediately upon his liberation, and stated that he
was setting out for Narrobourne at the moment of writing; that having no money
he would be obliged to walk all the way; that he calculated on passing through
the intervening town of Ivell about six on the following day, where he should
sup at the Castle Inn, and where he hoped they would meet him with a
carriage-and-pair, or some other such conveyance, that he might not disgrace
them by arriving like a tramp.
‘That sounds as if he gave a thought to our position,’ said
Cornelius.
Joshua knew the satire that lurked in the paternal words, and said
nothing. Silence prevailed during the greater part of their journey. The lamps
were lighted in Ivell when they entered the streets, and Cornelius, who was quite
unknown in this neighbourhood, and who, moreover, was not in clerical attire,
decided that he should be the one to call at the Castle Inn. Here, in answer to
his inquiry under the darkness of the archway, they told him that such a man as
he had described left the house about a quarter of an hour earlier, after
making a meal in the kitchen-settle. He was rather the worse for liquor.
‘Then,’ said Joshua, when Cornelius joined him outside with this
intelligence, ‘we must have met and passed him! And now that I think of it, we
did meet some one who was unsteady in his gait, under the trees on the other
side of Hendford Hill, where it was too dark to see him.’
They rapidly retraced their steps; but for a long stretch of the
way home could discern nobody. When, however, they had gone about
three-quarters of the distance, they became conscious of an irregular footfall
in front of them, and could see a whitish figure in the gloom. They followed
dubiously. The figure met another wayfarer—the single one that had been
encountered upon this lonely road—and they distinctly heard him ask the way to
Narrobourne. The stranger replied—what was quite true—that the nearest way was
by turning in at the stile by the next bridge, and following the footpath which
branched thence across the meadows.
When the brothers reached the stile they also entered the path,
but did not overtake the subject of their worry till they had crossed two or
three meads, and the lights from Narrobourne manor-house were visible before
them through the trees. Their father was no longer walking; he was seated
against the wet bank of an adjoining hedge. Observing their forms he shouted,
‘I’m going to Narrobourne; who may you be?’
They went up to him, and revealed themselves, reminding him of the
plan which he had himself proposed in his note, that they should meet him at
Ivell.
‘By Jerry, I’d forgot it!’ he said. ‘Well, what do you want me to
do?’ His tone was distinctly quarrelsome.
A long conversation followed, which became embittered at the first
hint from them that he should not come to the village. The millwright drew a
quart bottle from his pocket, and challenged them to drink if they meant
friendly and called themselves men. Neither of the two had touched alcohol for
years, but for once they thought it best to accept, so as not to needlessly
provoke him.
‘What’s in it?’ said Joshua.
‘A drop of weak gin-and-water. It won’t hurt ye. Drin’ from the
bottle.’ Joshua did so, and his father pushed up the bottom of the vessel so as
to make him swallow a good deal in spite of himself. It went down into his
stomach like molten lead.
‘Ha, ha, that’s right!’ said old Halborough. ‘But ’twas raw
spirit—ha, ha!’
‘Why should you take me in so!’ said Joshua, losing his
self-command, try as he would to keep calm.
‘Because you took me in, my lad, in banishing me to that cursed
country under pretence that it was for my good. You were a pair of hypocrites
to say so. It was done to get rid of me—no more nor less. But, by Jerry, I’m a
match for ye now! I’ll spoil your souls for preaching. My daughter is going to
be married to the squire here. I’ve heard the news—I saw it in a paper!’
‘It is premature—’
‘I know it is true; and I’m her father, and I shall give her away,
or there’ll be a hell of a row, I can assure ye! Is that where the gennleman
lives?’
Joshua Halborough writhed in impotent despair. Fellmer had not yet
positively declared himself, his mother was hardly won round; a scene with
their father in the parish would demolish as fair a palace of hopes as was ever
builded. The millwright rose. ‘If that’s where the squire lives I’m going to
call. Just arrived from Canady with her fortune—ha, ha! I wish no harm to the
gennleman, and the gennleman will wish no harm to me. But I like to take my
place in the family, and stand upon my rights, and lower people’s pride!’
‘You’ve succeeded already! Where’s that woman you took with you—’
‘Woman! She was my wife as lawful as the Constitution—a sight more
lawful than your mother was till some time after you were born!’
Joshua had for many years before heard whispers that his father
had cajoled his mother in their early acquaintance, and had made somewhat tardy
amends; but never from his father’s lips till now. It was the last stroke, and
he could not bear it. He sank back against the hedge. ‘It is over!’ he said.
‘He ruins us all!’
The millwright moved on, waving his stick triumphantly, and the
two brothers stood still. They could see his drab figure stalking along the
path, and over his head the lights from the conservatory of Narrobourne House,
inside which Albert Fellmer might possibly be sitting with Rosa at that moment,
holding her hand, and asking her to share his home with him.
The staggering whitey-brown form, advancing to put a blot on all
this, had been diminishing in the shade; and now suddenly disappeared beside a
weir. There was the noise of a flounce in the water.
‘He has fallen in!’ said Cornelius, starting forward to run for
the place at which his father had vanished.
Joshua, awaking from the stupefied reverie into which he had sunk,
rushed to the other’s side before he had taken ten steps. ‘Stop, stop, what are
you thinking of?’ he whispered hoarsely, grasping Cornelius’s arm.
‘Pulling him out!’
‘Yes, yes—so am I. But—wait a moment—’
‘But, Joshua!’
‘Her life and happiness, you know—Cornelius—and your reputation
and mine—and our chance of rising together, all three—’
He clutched his brother’s arm to the bone; and as they stood
breathless the splashing and floundering in the weir continued; over it they
saw the hopeful lights from the manor-house conservatory winking through the
trees as their bare branches waved to and fro.
The floundering and splashing grew weaker, and they could hear
gurgling words: ‘Help—I’m drownded! Rosie—Rosie!’
‘We’ll go—we must save him. O Joshua!’
‘Yes, yes! we must!’
Still they did not move, but waited, holding each other, each
thinking the same thought. Weights of lead seemed to be affixed to their feet,
which would no longer obey their wills. The mead became silent. Over it they
fancied they could see figures moving in the conservatory. The air up there
seemed to emit gentle kisses.
Cornelius started forward at last, and Joshua almost
simultaneously. Two or three minutes brought them to the brink of the stream.
At first they could see nothing in the water, though it was not so deep nor the
night so dark but that their father’s light kerseymere coat would have been
visible if he had lain at the bottom. Joshua looked this way and that.
‘He has drifted into the culvert,’ he said.
Below the foot-bridge of the weir the stream suddenly narrowed to
half its width, to pass under a barrel arch or culvert constructed for waggons
to cross into the middle of the mead in haymaking time. It being at present the
season of high water the arch was full to the crown, against which the ripples
clucked every now and then. At this point he had just caught sight of a pale
object slipping under. In a moment it was gone.
They went to the lower end, but nothing emerged. For a long time
they tried at both ends to effect some communication with the interior, but to
no purpose.
‘We ought to have come sooner!’ said the conscience-stricken
Cornelius, when they were quite exhausted, and dripping wet.
‘I suppose we ought,’ replied Joshua heavily. He perceived his
father’s walking-stick on the bank; hastily picking it up he stuck it into the
mud among the sedge. Then they went on.
‘Shall we—say anything about this accident?’ whispered Cornelius
as they approached the door of Joshua’s house.
‘What’s the use? It can do no good. We must wait until he is
found.’
They went indoors and changed their clothes; after which they
started for the manor-house, reaching it about ten o’clock. Besides their
sister there were only three guests; an adjoining landowner and his wife, and
the infirm old rector.
Rosa, although she had parted from them so recently, grasped their
hands in an ecstatic, brimming, joyful manner, as if she had not seen them for
years. ‘You look pale,’ she said.
The brothers answered that they had had a long walk, and were
somewhat tired. Everybody in the room seemed charged full with some sort of
interesting knowledge: the squire’s neighbour and his wife looked wisely
around; and Fellmer himself played the part of host with a preoccupied bearing
which approached fervour. They left at eleven, not accepting the carriage
offered, the distance being so short and the roads dry. The squire came rather
farther into the dark with them than he need have done, and wished Rosa
good-night in a mysterious manner, slightly apart from the rest.
When they were walking along Joshua said, with desperate attempt
at joviality, ‘Rosa, what’s going on?’
‘O, I—’ she began between a gasp and a bound. ‘He—’
‘Never mind—if it disturbs you.’
She was so excited that she could not speak connectedly at first,
the practised air which she had brought home with her having disappeared.
Calming herself she added, ‘I am not disturbed, and nothing has happened. Only
he said he wanted to ask me something, some day; and I said never
mind that now. He hasn’t asked yet, and is coming to speak to you about it. He
would have done so to-night, only I asked him not to be in a hurry. But he will
come to-morrow, I am sure!’
CHAPTER V
It was summer-time, six months later, and mowers and haymakers
were at work in the meads. The manor-house, being opposite them, frequently
formed a peg for conversation during these operations; and the doings of the
squire, and the squire’s young wife, the curate’s sister—who was at present the
admired of most of them, and the interest of all—met with their due amount of
criticism.
Rosa was happy, if ever woman could be said to be so. She had not
learnt the fate of her father, and sometimes wondered—perhaps with a sense of
relief—why he did not write to her from his supposed home in Canada. Her
brother Joshua had been presented to a living in a small town, shortly after
her marriage, and Cornelius had thereupon succeeded to the vacant curacy of
Narrobourne.
These two had awaited in deep suspense the discovery of their
father’s body; and yet the discovery had not been made. Every day they expected
a man or a boy to run up from the meads with the intelligence; but he had never
come. Days had accumulated to weeks and months; the wedding had come and gone:
Joshua had tolled and read himself in at his new parish; and never a shout of
amazement over the millwright’s remains.
But now, in June, when they were mowing the meads, the hatches had
to be drawn and the water let out of its channels for the convenience of the
mowers. It was thus that the discovery was made. A man, stooping low with his
scythe, caught a view of the culvert lengthwise, and saw something entangled in
the recently bared weeds of its bed. A day or two after there was an inquest;
but the body was unrecognizable. Fish and flood had been busy with the
millwright; he had no watch or marked article which could be identified; and a
verdict of the accidental drowning of a person unknown settled the matter.
As the body was found in Narrobourne parish, there it had to be
buried. Cornelius wrote to Joshua, begging him to come and read the service, or
to send some one; he himself could not do it. Rather than let in a stranger
Joshua came, and silently scanned the coroner’s order handed him by the
undertaker:—
‘I, Henry Giles, Coroner for the Mid-Division of Outer Wessex, do
hereby order the Burial of the Body now shown to the Inquest Jury as the Body
of an Adult Male Person Unknown . . . ,’ etc.
Joshua Halborough got through the service in some way, and
rejoined his brother Cornelius at his house. Neither accepted an invitation to
lunch at their sister’s; they wished to discuss parish matters together. In the
afternoon she came down, though they had already called on her, and had not
expected to see her again. Her bright eyes, brown hair, flowery bonnet, lemon-coloured
gloves, and flush beauty, were like an irradiation into the apartment, which
they in their gloom could hardly bear.
‘I forgot to tell you,’ she said, ‘of a curious thing which
happened to me a month or two before my marriage—something which I have thought
may have had a connection with the accident to the poor man you have buried
to-day. It was on that evening I was at the manor-house waiting for you to
fetch me; I was in the winter-garden with Albert, and we were sitting silent
together, when we fancied we heard a cry. We opened the door, and while Albert
ran to fetch his hat, leaving me standing there, the cry was repeated, and my
excited senses made me think I heard my own name. When Albert came back all was
silent, and we decided that it was only a drunken shout, and not a cry for
help. We both forgot the incident, and it never has occurred to me till since
the funeral to-day that it might have been this stranger’s cry. The name of
course was only fancy, or he might have had a wife or child with a name
something like mine, poor man!’
When she was gone the brothers were silent till Cornelius said,
‘Now mark this, Joshua. Sooner or later she’ll know.’
‘How?’
‘From one of us. Do you think human hearts are iron-cased safes,
that you suppose we can keep this secret for ever?’
‘Yes, I think they are, sometimes,’ said Joshua.
‘No. It will out. We shall tell.’
‘What, and ruin her—kill her? Disgrace her children, and pull down
the whole auspicious house of Fellmer about our ears? No! May I—drown where he
was drowned before I do it! Never, never. Surely you can say the same,
Cornelius!’
Cornelius seemed fortified, and no more was said. For a long time
after that day he did not see Joshua, and before the next year was out a son
and heir was born to the Fellmers. The villagers rang the three bells every
evening for a week and more, and were made merry by Mr. Fellmer’s ale; and when
the christening came on Joshua paid Narrobourne another visit.
Among all the people who assembled on that day the brother
clergymen were the least interested. Their minds were haunted by a spirit in
kerseymere in the evening they walked together in the fields.
‘She’s all right,’ said Joshua. ‘But here are you doing
journey-work, Cornelius, and likely to continue at it till the end of the day,
as far as I can see. I, too, with my petty living—what am I after all? . . . To
tell the truth, the Church is a poor forlorn hope for people without influence,
particularly when their enthusiasm begins to flag. A social regenerator has a
better chance outside, where he is unhampered by dogma and tradition. As for
me, I would rather have gone on mending mills, with my crust of bread and
liberty.’
Almost automatically they had bent their steps along the margin of
the river; they now paused. They were standing on the brink of the well-known
weir. There were the hatches, there was the culvert; they could see the pebbly
bed of the stream through the pellucid water. The notes of the church-bells
were audible, still jangled by the enthusiastic villagers.
‘Why see—it was there I hid his walking-stick!’ said Joshua,
looking towards the sedge. The next moment, during a passing breeze, something
flashed white on the spot to which the attention of Cornelius was drawn.
From the sedge rose a straight little silver-poplar, and it was
the leaves of this sapling which caused the flicker of whiteness.
‘His walking-stick has grown!’ Joshua added. ‘It was a rough
one—cut from the hedge, I remember.’
At every puff of wind the tree turned white, till they could not
bear to look at it; and they walked away.
‘I see him every night,’ Cornelius murmured . . . ‘Ah, we read
our Hebrews to little account, Jos! Υπέμεινε σταυρον, αισχυνης
καταφρονησας. To have endured the cross, despising the shame—there lay
greatness! But now I often feel that I should like to put an end to trouble
here in this self-same spot.’
‘I have thought of it myself,’ said Joshua.
‘Perhaps we shall, some day,’ murmured his brother. ‘Perhaps,’
said Joshua moodily.
With that contingency to consider in the silence of their nights
and days they bent their steps homewards.
December 1888.
CHAPTER I
The man who played the disturbing part in the two quiet lives
hereafter depicted—no great man, in any sense, by the way—first had knowledge
of them on an October evening, in the city of Melchester. He had been standing
in the Close, vainly endeavouring to gain amid the darkness a glimpse of the
most homogeneous pile of mediæval architecture in England, which towered and
tapered from the damp and level sward in front of him. While he stood the
presence of the Cathedral walls was revealed rather by the ear than by the
eyes; he could not see them, but they reflected sharply a roar of sound which
entered the Close by a street leading from the city square, and, falling upon
the building, was flung back upon him.
He postponed till the morrow his attempt to examine the deserted
edifice, and turned his attention to the noise. It was compounded of steam
barrel-organs, the clanging of gongs, the ringing of hand-bells, the clack of
rattles, and the undistinguishable shouts of men. A lurid light hung in the air
in the direction of the tumult. Thitherward he went, passing under the arched
gateway, along a straight street, and into the square.
He might have searched Europe over for a greater contrast between
juxtaposed scenes. The spectacle was that of the eighth chasm of the Inferno as
to colour and flame, and, as to mirth, a development of the Homeric heaven. A
smoky glare, of the complexion of brass-filings, ascended from the fiery
tongues of innumerable naphtha lamps affixed to booths, stalls, and other
temporary erections which crowded the spacious market-square. In front of this
irradiation scores of human figures, more or less in profile, were darting
athwart and across, up, down, and around, like gnats against a sunset.
Their motions were so rhythmical that they seemed to be moved by
machinery. And it presently appeared that they were moved by machinery indeed;
the figures being those of the patrons of swings, see-saws, flying-leaps, above
all of the three steam roundabouts which occupied the centre of the position.
It was from the latter that the din of steam-organs came.
Throbbing humanity in full light was, on second thoughts, better
than architecture in the dark. The young man, lighting a short pipe, and
putting his hat on one side and one hand in his pocket, to throw himself into
harmony with his new environment, drew near to the largest and most patronized
of the steam circuses, as the roundabouts were called by their owners. This was
one of brilliant finish, and it was now in full revolution. The musical
instrument around which and to whose tones the riders revolved, directed its
trumpet-mouths of brass upon the young man, and the long plate-glass mirrors set
at angles, which revolved with the machine, flashed the gyrating personages and
hobby horses kaleidoscopically into his eyes.
It could now be seen that he was unlike the majority of the crowd.
A gentlemanly young fellow, one of the species found in large towns only, and
London particularly, built on delicate lines, well, though not fashionably
dressed, he appeared to belong to the professional class; he had nothing square
or practical about his look, much that was curvilinear and sensuous. Indeed,
some would have called him a man not altogether typical of the middle-class
male of a century wherein sordid ambition is the master-passion that seems to
be taking the time-honoured place of love.
The revolving figures passed before his eyes with an unexpected
and quiet grace in a throng whose natural movements did not suggest
gracefulness or quietude as a rule. By some contrivance there was imparted to
each of the hobby-horses a motion which was really the triumph and perfection
of roundabout inventiveness—a galloping rise and fall, so timed that, of each
pair of steeds, one was on the spring while the other was on the pitch. The
riders were quite fascinated by these equine undulations in this most
delightful holiday-game of our times. There were riders as young as six, and as
old as sixty years, with every age between. At first it was difficult to catch
a personality, but by and by the observer’s eyes centred on the prettiest girl
out of the several pretty ones revolving.
It was not that one with the light frock and light hat whom he had
been at first attracted by; no, it was the one with the black cape, grey skirt,
light gloves and—no, not even she, but the one behind her; she with the crimson
skirt, dark jacket, brown hat and brown gloves. Unmistakably that was the
prettiest girl.
Having finally selected her, this idle spectator studied her as
well as he was able during each of her brief transits across his visual field.
She was absolutely unconscious of everything save the act of riding: her
features were rapt in an ecstatic dreaminess; for the moment she did not know
her age or her history or her lineaments, much less her troubles. He himself
was full of vague latter-day glooms and popular melancholies, and it was a
refreshing sensation to behold this young thing then and there, absolutely as
happy as if she were in a Paradise.
Dreading the moment when the inexorable stoker, grimily lurking
behind the glittering rococo-work, should decide that this set of riders had
had their pennyworth, and bring the whole concern of steam-engine, horses,
mirrors, trumpets, drums, cymbals, and such-like to pause and silence, he
waited for her every reappearance, glancing indifferently over the intervening
forms, including the two plainer girls, the old woman and child, the two youngsters,
the newly-married couple, the old man with a clay pipe, the sparkish youth with
a ring, the young ladies in the chariot, the pair of journeyman-carpenters, and
others, till his select country beauty followed on again in her place. He had
never seen a fairer product of nature, and at each round she made a deeper mark
in his sentiments. The stoppage then came, and the sighs of the riders were
audible.
He moved round to the place at which he reckoned she would alight;
but she retained her seat. The empty saddles began to refill, and she plainly
was deciding to have another turn. The young man drew up to the side of her
steed, and pleasantly asked her if she had enjoyed her ride.
‘O yes!’ she said, with dancing eyes. ‘It has been quite unlike
anything I have ever felt in my life before!’
It was not difficult to fall into conversation with her.
Unreserved—too unreserved—by nature, she was not experienced enough to be
reserved by art, and after a little coaxing she answered his remarks readily.
She had come to live in Melchester from a village on the Great Plain, and this
was the first time that she had ever seen a steam-circus; she could not
understand how such wonderful machines were made. She had come to the city on
the invitation of Mrs. Harnham, who had taken her into her household to train
her as a servant, if she showed any aptitude. Mrs. Harnham was a young lady who
before she married had been Miss Edith White, living in the country near the
speaker’s cottage; she was now very kind to her through knowing her in
childhood so well. She was even taking the trouble to educate her. Mrs. Harnham
was the only friend she had in the world, and being without children had wished
to have her near her in preference to anybody else, though she had only lately
come; allowed her to do almost as she liked, and to have a holiday whenever she
asked for it. The husband of this kind young lady was a rich wine-merchant of
the town, but Mrs. Harnham did not care much about him. In the daytime you
could see the house from where they were talking. She, the speaker, liked
Melchester better than the lonely country, and she was going to have a new hat
for next Sunday that was to cost fifteen and ninepence.
Then she inquired of her acquaintance where he lived, and he told
her in London, that ancient and smoky city, where everybody lived who lived at
all, and died because they could not live there. He came into Wessex two or
three times a year for professional reasons; he had arrived from Wintoncester
yesterday, and was going on into the next county in a day or two. For one thing
he did like the country better than the town, and it was because it contained
such girls as herself.
Then the pleasure-machine started again, and, to the light-hearted
girl, the figure of the handsome young man, the market-square with its lights
and crowd, the houses beyond, and the world at large, began moving round as
before, countermoving in the revolving mirrors on her right hand, she being as
it were the fixed point in an undulating, dazzling, lurid universe, in which
loomed forward most prominently of all the form of her late interlocutor. Each
time that she approached the half of her orbit that lay nearest him they gazed
at each other with smiles, and with that unmistakable expression which means so
little at the moment, yet so often leads up to passion, heart-ache, union,
disunion, devotion, overpopulation, drudgery, content, resignation, despair.
When the horses slowed anew he stepped to her side and proposed
another heat. ‘Hang the expense for once,’ he said. ‘I’ll pay!’
She laughed till the tears came.
‘Why do you laugh, dear?’ said he.
‘Because—you are so genteel that you must have plenty of money,
and only say that for fun!’ she returned.
‘Ha-ha!’ laughed the young man in unison, and gallantly producing
his money she was enabled to whirl on again.
As he stood smiling there in the motley crowd, with his pipe in
his hand, and clad in the rough pea-jacket and wideawake that he had put on for
his stroll, who would have supposed him to be Charles Bradford Raye, Esquire,
stuff-gownsman, educated at Wintoncester, called to the Bar at Lincoln’s-Inn,
now going the Western Circuit, merely detained in Melchester by a small
arbitration after his brethren had moved on to the next county-town?
CHAPTER II
The square was overlooked from its remoter corner by the house of
which the young girl had spoken, a dignified residence of considerable size,
having several windows on each floor. Inside one of these, on the first floor,
the apartment being a large drawing-room, sat a lady, in appearance from
twenty-eight to thirty years of age. The blinds were still undrawn, and the
lady was absently surveying the weird scene without, her cheek resting on her
hand. The room was unlit from within, but enough of the glare from the market-place
entered it to reveal the lady’s face. She was what is called an interesting
creature rather than a handsome woman; dark-eyed, thoughtful, and with
sensitive lips.
A man sauntered into the room from behind and came forward.
‘O, Edith, I didn’t see you,’ he said. ‘Why are you sitting here
in the dark?’
‘I am looking at the fair,’ replied the lady in a languid voice.
‘Oh? Horrid nuisance every year! I wish it could be put a stop to’
‘I like it.’
‘H’m. There’s no accounting for taste.’
For a moment he gazed from the window with her, for politeness
sake, and then went out again.
In a few minutes she rang.
‘Hasn’t Anna come in?’ asked Mrs. Harnham.
‘No m’m.’
‘She ought to be in by this time. I meant her to go for ten
minutes only.’
‘Shall I go and look for her, m’m?’ said the house-maid alertly.
‘No. It is not necessary: she is a good girl and will come soon.’
However, when the servant had gone Mrs. Harnham arose, went up to
her room, cloaked and bonneted herself, and proceeded downstairs, where she
found her husband.
‘I want to see the fair,’ she said; ‘and I am going to look for
Anna. I have made myself responsible for her, and must see she comes to no
harm. She ought to be indoors. Will you come with me?’
‘Oh, she’s all right. I saw her on one of those whirligig things,
talking to her young man as I came in. But I’ll go if you wish, though I’d
rather go a hundred miles the other way.’
‘Then please do so. I shall come to no harm alone.’
She left the house and entered the crowd which thronged the
market-place, where she soon discovered Anna, seated on the revolving horse. As
soon as it stopped Mrs. Harnham advanced and said severely, ‘Anna, how can you
be such a wild girl? You were only to be out for ten minutes.’
Anna looked blank, and the young man, who had dropped into the
background, came to her assistance.
‘Please don’t blame her,’ he said politely. ‘It is my fault that
she has stayed. She looked so graceful on the horse that I induced her to go
round again. I assure you that she has been quite safe.’
‘In that case I’ll leave her in your hands,’ said Mrs. Harnham,
turning to retrace her steps.
But this for the moment it was not so easy to do. Something had
attracted the crowd to a spot in their rear, and the wine-merchant’s wife,
caught by its sway, found herself pressed against Anna’s acquaintance without
power to move away. Their faces were within a few inches of each other, his
breath fanned her cheek as well as Anna’s. They could do no other than smile at
the accident; but neither spoke, and each waited passively. Mrs. Harnham then
felt a man’s hand clasping her fingers, and from the look of consciousness on
the young fellow’s face she knew the hand to be his: she also knew that from
the position of the girl he had no other thought than that the imprisoned hand
was Anna’s. What prompted her to refrain from undeceiving him she could hardly
tell. Not content with holding the hand, he playfully slipped two of his
fingers inside her glove, against her palm. Thus matters continued till the
pressure lessened; but several minutes passed before the crowd thinned
sufficiently to allow Mrs. Harnham to withdraw.
‘How did they get to know each other, I wonder?’ she mused as she
retreated. ‘Anna is really very forward—and he very wicked and nice.’
She was so gently stirred with the stranger’s manner and voice,
with the tenderness of his idle touch, that instead of re-entering the house
she turned back again and observed the pair from a screened nook. Really she
argued (being little less impulsive than Anna herself) it was very excusable in
Anna to encourage him, however she might have contrived to make his
acquaintance; he was so gentlemanly, so fascinating, had such beautiful eyes.
The thought that he was several years her junior produced a reasonless sigh.
At length the couple turned from the roundabout towards the door
of Mrs. Harnham’s house, and the young man could be heard saying that he would
accompany her home. Anna, then, had found a lover, apparently a very devoted
one. Mrs. Harnham was quite interested in him. When they drew near the door of
the wine-merchant’s house, a comparatively deserted spot by this time, they
stood invisible for a little while in the shadow of a wall, where they
separated, Anna going on to the entrance, and her acquaintance returning across
the square.
‘Anna,’ said Mrs. Harnham, coming up. ‘I’ve been looking at you!
That young man kissed you at parting I am almost sure.’
‘Well,’ stammered Anna; ‘he said, if I didn’t mind—it would do me
no harm, and, and, him a great deal of good!’
‘Ah, I thought so! And he was a stranger till to-night?’
‘Yes ma’am.’
‘Yet I warrant you told him your name and every thing about
yourself?’
‘He asked me.’
‘But he didn’t tell you his?’
‘Yes ma’am, he did!’ cried Anna victoriously. ‘It is Charles
Bradford, of London.’
‘Well, if he’s respectable, of course I’ve nothing to say against
your knowing him,’ remarked her mistress, prepossessed, in spite of general
principles, in the young man’s favour. ‘But I must reconsider all that, if he
attempts to renew your acquaintance. A country-bred girl like you, who has
never lived in Melchester till this month, who had hardly ever seen a
black-coated man till you came here, to be so sharp as to capture a young
Londoner like him!’
‘I didn’t capture him. I didn’t do anything,’ said Anna, in
confusion.
When she was indoors and alone Mrs. Harnham thought what a
well-bred and chivalrous young man Anna’s companion had seemed. There had been
a magic in his wooing touch of her hand; and she wondered how he had come to be
attracted by the girl.
The next morning the emotional Edith Harnham went to the usual
week-day service in Melchester cathedral. In crossing the Close through the fog
she again perceived him who had interested her the previous evening, gazing up
thoughtfully at the high-piled architecture of the nave: and as soon as she had
taken her seat he entered and sat down in a stall opposite hers.
He did not particularly heed her; but Mrs. Harnham was continually
occupying her eyes with him, and wondered more than ever what had attracted him
in her unfledged maid-servant. The mistress was almost as unaccustomed as the
maiden herself to the end-of-the-age young man, or she might have wondered
less. Raye, having looked about him awhile, left abruptly, without regard to
the service that was proceeding; and Mrs. Harnham—lonely, impressionable
creature that she was—took no further interest in praising the Lord. She wished
she had married a London man who knew the subtleties of love-making as they
were evidently known to him who had mistakenly caressed her hand.
CHAPTER III
The calendar at Melchester had been light, occupying the court
only a few hours; and the assizes at Casterbridge, the next county-town on the
Western Circuit, having no business for Raye, he had not gone thither. At the next
town after that they did not open till the following Monday, trials to begin on
Tuesday morning. In the natural order of things Raye would have arrived at the
latter place on Monday afternoon; but it was not till the middle of Wednesday
that his gown and grey wig, curled in tiers, in the best fashion of Assyrian
bas-reliefs, were seen blowing and bobbing behind him as he hastily walked up
the High Street from his lodgings. But though he entered the assize building
there was nothing for him to do, and sitting at the blue baize table in the
well of the court, he mended pens with a mind far away from the case in
progress. Thoughts of unpremeditated conduct, of which a week earlier he would
not have believed himself capable, threw him into a mood of dissatisfied
depression.
He had contrived to see again the pretty rural maiden Anna, the
day after the fair, had walked out of the city with her to the earthworks of
Old Melchester, and feeling a violent fancy for her, had remained in Melchester
all Sunday, Monday, and Tuesday; by persuasion obtaining walks and meetings
with the girl six or seven times during the interval; had in brief won her,
body and soul.
He supposed it must have been owing to the seclusion in which he
had lived of late in town that he had given way so unrestrainedly to a passion
for an artless creature whose inexperience had, from the first, led her to
place herself unreservedly in his hands. Much he deplored trifling with her
feelings for the sake of a passing desire; and he could only hope that she
might not live to suffer on his account.
She had begged him to come to her again; entreated him; wept. He
had promised that he would do so, and he meant to carry out that promise. He
could not desert her now. Awkward as such unintentional connections were, the
interspace of a hundred miles—which to a girl of her limited capabilities was
like a thousand—would effectually hinder this summer fancy from greatly
encumbering his life; while thought of her simple love might do him the
negative good of keeping him from idle pleasures in town when he wished to work
hard. His circuit journeys would take him to Melchester three or four times a
year; and then he could always see her.
The pseudonym, or rather partial name, that he had given her as
his before knowing how far the acquaintance was going to carry him, had been
spoken on the spur of the moment, without any ulterior intention whatever. He
had not afterwards disturbed Anna’s error, but on leaving her he had felt bound
to give her an address at a stationer’s not far from his chambers, at which she
might write to him under the initials ‘C. B.’
In due time Raye returned to his London abode, having called at
Melchester on his way and spent a few additional hours with his fascinating
child of nature. In town he lived monotonously every day. Often he and his
rooms were enclosed by a tawny fog from all the world besides, and when he
lighted the gas to read or write by, his situation seemed so unnatural that he
would look into the fire and think of that trusting girl at Melchester again
and again. Often, oppressed by absurd fondness for her, he would enter the dim
religious nave of the Law Courts by the north door, elbow other juniors habited
like himself, and like him unretained; edge himself into this or that crowded
court where a sensational case was going on, just as if he were in it, though
the police officers at the door knew as well as he knew himself that he had no
more concern with the business in hand than the patient idlers at the
gallery-door outside, who had waited to enter since eight in the morning
because, like him, they belonged to the classes that live on expectation. But
he would do these things to no purpose, and think how greatly the characters in
such scenes contrasted with the pink and breezy Anna.
An unexpected feature in that peasant maiden’s conduct was that
she had not as yet written to him, though he had told her she might do so if
she wished. Surely a young creature had never before been so reticent in such
circumstances. At length he sent her a brief line, positively requesting her to
write. There was no answer by the return post, but the day after a letter in a
neat feminine hand, and bearing the Melchester post-mark, was handed to him by
the stationer.
The fact alone of its arrival was sufficient to satisfy his
imaginative sentiment. He was not anxious to open the epistle, and in truth did
not begin to read it for nearly half-an-hour, anticipating readily its terms of
passionate retrospect and tender adjuration. When at last he turned his feet to
the fireplace and unfolded the sheet, he was surprised and pleased to find that
neither extravagance nor vulgarity was there. It was the most charming little
missive he had ever received from woman. To be sure the language was simple and
the ideas were slight; but it was so self-possessed; so purely that of a young
girl who felt her womanhood to be enough for her dignity that he read it
through twice. Four sides were filled, and a few lines written across, after
the fashion of former days; the paper, too, was common, and not of the latest
shade and surface. But what of those things? He had received letters from women
who were fairly called ladies, but never so sensible, so human a letter as
this. He could not single out any one sentence and say it was at all remarkable
or clever; the ensemble of the letter it was which won him;
and beyond the one request that he would write or come to her again soon there
was nothing to show her sense of a claim upon him.
To write again and develop a correspondence was the last thing
Raye would have preconceived as his conduct in such a situation; yet he did
send a short, encouraging line or two, signed with his pseudonym, in which he
asked for another letter, and cheeringly promised that he would try to see her
again on some near day, and would never forget how much they had been to each
other during their short acquaintance.
CHAPTER IV
To return now to the moment at which Anna, at Melchester, had
received Raye’s letter.
It had been put into her own hand by the postman on his morning
rounds. She flushed down to her neck on receipt of it, and turned it over and
over. ‘It is mine?’ she said.
‘Why, yes, can’t you see it is?’ said the postman, smiling as he
guessed the nature of the document and the cause of the confusion.
‘O yes, of course!’ replied Anna, looking at the letter, forcedly
tittering, and blushing still more.
Her look of embarrassment did not leave her with the postman’s
departure. She opened the envelope, kissed its contents, put away the letter in
her pocket, and remained musing till her eyes filled with tears.
A few minutes later she carried up a cup of tea to Mrs. Harnham in
her bed-chamber. Anna’s mistress looked at her, and said: ‘How dismal you seem
this morning, Anna. What’s the matter?’
‘I’m not dismal, I’m glad; only I—’ She stopped to stifle a sob.
‘Well?’
‘I’ve got a letter—and what good is it to me, if I can’t read a
word in it!’
‘Why, I’ll read it, child, if necessary.’
‘But this is from somebody—I don’t want anybody to read it but
myself!’ Anna murmured.
‘I shall not tell anybody. Is it from that young man?’
‘I think so.’ Anna slowly produced the letter, saying: ‘Then will
you read it to me, ma’am?’
This was the secret of Anna’s embarrassment and flutterings. She
could neither read nor write. She had grown up under the care of an aunt by
marriage, at one of the lonely hamlets on the Great Mid-Wessex Plain where,
even in days of national education, there had been no school within a distance
of two miles. Her aunt was an ignorant woman; there had been nobody to
investigate Anna’s circumstances, nobody to care about her learning the
rudiments; though, as often in such cases, she had been well fed and clothed
and not unkindly treated. Since she had come to live at Melchester with Mrs.
Harnham, the latter, who took a kindly interest in the girl, had taught her to
speak correctly, in which accomplishment Anna showed considerable readiness, as
is not unusual with the illiterate; and soon became quite fluent in the use of
her mistress’s phraseology. Mrs. Harnham also insisted upon her getting a
spelling and copy book, and beginning to practise in these. Anna was slower in
this branch of her education, and meanwhile here was the letter.
Edith Harnham’s large dark eyes expressed some interest in the
contents, though, in her character of mere interpreter, she threw into her tone
as much as she could of mechanical passiveness. She read the short epistle on
to its concluding sentence, which idly requested Anna to send him a tender
answer.
‘Now—you’ll do it for me, won’t you, dear mistress?’ said Anna
eagerly. ‘And you’ll do it as well as ever you can, please? Because I couldn’t
bear him to think I am not able to do it myself. I should sink into the earth
with shame if he knew that!’
From some words in the letter Mrs. Harnham was led to ask
questions, and the answers she received confirmed her suspicions. Deep concern
filled Edith’s heart at perceiving how the girl had committed her happiness to
the issue of this new-sprung attachment. She blamed herself for not interfering
in a flirtation which had resulted so seriously for the poor little creature in
her charge; though at the time of seeing the pair together she had a feeling
that it was hardly within her province to nip young affection in the bud.
However, what was done could not be undone, and it behoved her now, as Anna’s
only protector, to help her as much as she could. To Anna’s eager request that
she, Mrs. Harnham, should compose and write the answer to this young London
man’s letter, she felt bound to accede, to keep alive his attachment to the
girl if possible; though in other circumstances she might have suggested the
cook as an amanuensis.
A tender reply was thereupon concocted, and set down in Edith
Harnham’s hand. This letter it had been which Raye had received and delighted
in. Written in the presence of Anna it certainly was, and on Anna’s humble
note-paper, and in a measure indited by the young girl; but the life, the
spirit, the individuality, were Edith Harnham’s.
‘Won’t you at least put your name yourself?’ she said. ‘You can
manage to write that by this time?’
‘No, no,’ said Anna, shrinking back. ‘I should do it so bad. He’d
be ashamed of me, and never see me again!’
The note, so prettily requesting another from him, had, as we have
seen, power enough in its pages to bring one. He declared it to be such a
pleasure to hear from her that she must write every week. The same process of
manufacture was accordingly repeated by Anna and her mistress, and continued
for several weeks in succession; each letter being penned and suggested by
Edith, the girl standing by; the answer read and commented on by Edith, Anna
standing by and listening again.
Late on a winter evening, after the dispatch of the sixth letter,
Mrs. Harnham was sitting alone by the remains of her fire. Her husband had
retired to bed, and she had fallen into that fixity of musing which takes no
count of hour or temperature. The state of mind had been brought about in Edith
by a strange thing which she had done that day. For the first time since Raye’s
visit Anna had gone to stay over a night or two with her cottage friends on the
Plain, and in her absence had arrived, out of its time, a letter from Raye. To
this Edith had replied on her own responsibility, from the depths of her own
heart, without waiting for her maid’s collaboration. The luxury of writing to
him what would be known to no consciousness but his was great, and she had
indulged herself therein.
Why was it a luxury?
Edith Harnham led a lonely life. Influenced by the belief of the
British parent that a bad marriage with its aversions is better than free
womanhood with its interests, dignity, and leisure, she had consented to marry
the elderly wine-merchant as a pis aller, at the age of
seven-and-twenty—some three years before this date—to find afterwards that she
had made a mistake. That contract had left her still a woman whose deeper
nature had never been stirred.
She was now clearly realizing that she had become possessed to the
bottom of her soul with the image of a man to whom she was hardly so much as a
name. From the first he had attracted her by his looks and voice; by his tender
touch; and, with these as generators, the writing of letter after letter and
the reading of their soft answers had insensibly developed on her side an emotion
which fanned his; till there had resulted a magnetic reciprocity between the
correspondents, notwithstanding that one of them wrote in a character not her
own. That he had been able to seduce another woman in two days was his crowning
though unrecognized fascination for her as the she-animal.
They were her own impassioned and pent-up ideas—lowered to
monosyllabic phraseology in order to keep up the disguise—that Edith put into
letters signed with another name, much to the shallow Anna’s delight, who, unassisted,
could not for the world have conceived such pretty fancies for winning him,
even had she been able to write them. Edith found that it was these, her own
foisted-in sentiments, to which the young barrister mainly responded. The few
sentences occasionally added from Anna’s own lips made apparently no impression
upon him.
The letter-writing in her absence Anna never discovered; but on
her return the next morning she declared she wished to see her lover about
something at once, and begged Mrs. Harnham to ask him to come.
There was a strange anxiety in her manner which did not escape
Mrs. Harnham, and ultimately resolved itself into a flood of tears. Sinking
down at Edith’s knees, she made confession that the result of her relations
with her lover it would soon become necessary to disclose.
Edith Harnham was generous enough to be very far from inclined to
cast Anna adrift at this conjuncture. No true woman ever is so inclined from
her own personal point of view, however prompt she may be in taking such steps
to safeguard those dear to her. Although she had written to Raye so short a
time previously, she instantly penned another Anna-note hinting clearly though
delicately the state of affairs.
Raye replied by a hasty line to say how much he was affected by her
news: he felt that he must run down to see her almost immediately.
But a week later the girl came to her mistress’s room with another
note, which on being read informed her that after all he could not find time
for the journey. Anna was broken with grief; but by Mrs. Harnham’s counsel
strictly refrained from hurling at him the reproaches and bitterness customary
from young women so situated. One thing was imperative: to keep the young man’s
romantic interest in her alive. Rather therefore did Edith, in the name of
her protégée, request him on no account to be distressed about the
looming event, and not to inconvenience himself to hasten down. She desired
above everything to be no weight upon him in his career, no clog upon his high
activities. She had wished him to know what had befallen: he was to dismiss it
again from his mind. Only he must write tenderly as ever, and when he should
come again on the spring circuit it would be soon enough to discuss what had
better be done.
It may well be supposed that Anna’s own feelings had not been
quite in accord with these generous expressions; but the mistress’s judgment
had ruled, and Anna had acquiesced. ‘All I want is that niceness you
can so well put into your letters, my dear, dear mistress, and that I can’t for
the life o’ me make up out of my own head; though I mean the same thing and
feel it exactly when you’ve written it down!’
When the letter had been sent off, and Edith Harnham was left
alone, she bowed herself on the back of her chair and wept.
‘I wish it was mine—I wish it was!’ she murmured. ‘Yet how can I
say such a wicked thing!’
CHAPTER V
The letter moved Raye considerably when it reached him. The
intelligence itself had affected him less than her unexpected manner of
treating him in relation to it. The absence of any word of reproach, the
devotion to his interests, the self-sacrifice apparent in every line, all made
up a nobility of character that he had never dreamt of finding in womankind.
‘God forgive me!’ he said tremulously. ‘I have been a wicked
wretch. I did not know she was such a treasure as this!’
He reassured her instantly; declaring that he would not of course
desert her, that he would provide a home for her somewhere. Meanwhile she was
to stay where she was as long as her mistress would allow her.
But a misfortune supervened in this direction. Whether an inkling
of Anna’s circumstances reached the knowledge of Mrs. Harnham’s husband or not
cannot be said, but the girl was compelled, in spite of Edith’s entreaties, to
leave the house. By her own choice she decided to go back for a while to the
cottage on the Plain. This arrangement led to a consultation as to how the
correspondence should be carried on; and in the girl’s inability to continue
personally what had been begun in her name, and in the difficulty of their
acting in concert as heretofore, she requested Mrs. Harnham—the only well-to-do
friend she had in the world—to receive the letters and reply to them off-hand,
sending them on afterwards to herself on the Plain, where she might at least
get some neighbour to read them to her, if a trustworthy one could be met with.
Anna and her box then departed for the Plain.
Thus it befel that Edith Harnham found herself in the strange
position of having to correspond, under no supervision by the real woman, with
a man not her husband, in terms which were virtually those of a wife,
concerning a condition that was not Edith’s at all; the man being one for whom,
mainly through the sympathies involved in playing this part, she secretly
cherished a predilection, subtle and imaginative truly, but strong and
absorbing. She opened each letter, read it as if intended for herself, and
replied from the promptings of her own heart and no other.
Throughout this correspondence, carried on in the girl’s absence, the
high-strung Edith Harnham lived in the ecstasy of fancy; the vicarious intimacy
engendered such a flow of passionateness as was never exceeded. For conscience’
sake Edith at first sent on each of his letters to Anna, and even rough copies
of her replies; but later on these so-called copies were much abridged, and
many letters on both sides were not sent on at all.
Though selfish, and, superficially at least, infested with the
self-indulgent vices of artificial society, there was a substratum of honesty and
fairness in Raye’s character. He had really a tender regard for the country
girl, and it grew more tender than ever when he found her apparently capable of
expressing the deepest sensibilities in the simplest words. He meditated, he
wavered; and finally resolved to consult his sister, a maiden lady much older
than himself, of lively sympathies and good intent. In making this confidence
he showed her some of the letters.
‘She seems fairly educated,’ Miss Raye observed. ‘And bright in
ideas. She expresses herself with a taste that must be innate.’
‘Yes. She writes very prettily, doesn’t she, thanks to these
elementary schools?’
‘One is drawn out towards her, in spite of one’s self, poor
thing.’
The upshot of the discussion was that though he had not been directly
advised to do it, Raye wrote, in his real name, what he would never have
decided to write on his own responsibility; namely that he could not live
without her, and would come down in the spring and shelve her looming
difficulty by marrying her.
This bold acceptance of the situation was made known to Anna by
Mrs. Harnham driving out immediately to the cottage on the Plain. Anna jumped
for joy like a little child. And poor, crude directions for answering
appropriately were given to Edith Harnham, who on her return to the city
carried them out with warm intensification.
‘O!’ she groaned, as she threw down the pen. ‘Anna—poor good
little fool—hasn’t intelligence enough to appreciate him! How should she? While
I—don’t bear his child!’
It was now February. The correspondence had continued altogether
for four months; and the next letter from Raye contained incidentally a
statement of his position and prospects. He said that in offering to wed her he
had, at first, contemplated the step of retiring from a profession which
hitherto had brought him very slight emolument, and which, to speak plainly, he
had thought might be difficult of practice after his union with her. But the
unexpected mines of brightness and warmth that her letters had disclosed to be
lurking in her sweet nature had led him to abandon that somewhat sad prospect.
He felt sure that, with her powers of development, after a little private
training in the social forms of London under his supervision, and a little help
from a governess if necessary, she would make as good a professional man’s wife
as could be desired, even if he should rise to the woolsack. Many a Lord
Chancellor’s wife had been less intuitively a lady than she had shown herself
to be in her lines to him.
‘O—poor fellow, poor fellow!’ mourned Edith Harnham.
Her distress now raged as high as her infatuation. It was she who
had wrought him to this pitch—to a marriage which meant his ruin; yet she could
not, in mercy to her maid, do anything to hinder his plan. Anna was coming to
Melchester that week, but she could hardly show the girl this last reply from
the young man; it told too much of the second individuality that had usurped
the place of the first.
Anna came, and her mistress took her into her own room for
privacy. Anna began by saying with some anxiety that she was glad the wedding
was so near.
‘O Anna!’ replied Mrs. Harnham. ‘I think we must tell him all—that
I have been doing your writing for you?—lest he should not know it till after
you become his wife, and it might lead to dissension and recriminations—’
‘O mis’ess, dear mis’ess—please don’t tell him now!’ cried Anna in
distress. ‘If you were to do it, perhaps he would not marry me; and what should
I do then? It would be terrible what would come to me! And I am getting on with
my writing, too. I have brought with me the copybook you were so good as to
give me, and I practise every day, and though it is so, so hard, I shall do it
well at last, I believe, if I keep on trying.’
Edith looked at the copybook. The copies had been set by herself,
and such progress as the girl had made was in the way of grotesque facsimile of
her mistress’s hand. But even if Edith’s flowing caligraphy were reproduced the
inspiration would be another thing.
‘You do it so beautifully,’ continued Anna, ‘and say all that I
want to say so much better than I could say it, that I do hope you won’t leave
me in the lurch just now!’
‘Very well,’ replied the other. ‘But I—but I thought I ought not
to go on!’
‘Why?’
Her strong desire to confide her sentiments led Edith to answer
truly:
‘Because of its effect upon me.’
‘But it can’t have any!’
‘Why, child?’
‘Because you are married already!’ said Anna with lucid
simplicity.
‘Of course it can’t,’ said her mistress hastily; yet glad, despite
her conscience, that two or three outpourings still remained to her. ‘But you
must concentrate your attention on writing your name as I write it here.’
CHAPTER VI
Soon Raye wrote about the wedding. Having decided to make the best
of what he feared was a piece of romantic folly, he had acquired more zest for
the grand experiment. He wished the ceremony to be in London, for greater
privacy. Edith Harnham would have preferred it at Melchester; Anna was passive.
His reasoning prevailed, and Mrs. Harnham threw herself with mournful zeal into
the preparations for Anna’s departure. In a last desperate feeling that she
must at every hazard be in at the death of her dream, and see once again the
man who by a species of telepathy had exercised such an influence on her, she
offered to go up with Anna and be with her through the ceremony—‘to see the end
of her,’ as her mistress put it with forced gaiety; an offer which the girl
gratefully accepted; for she had no other friend capable of playing the part of
companion and witness, in the presence of a gentlemanly bridegroom, in such a
way as not to hasten an opinion that he had made an irremediable social
blunder.
It was a muddy morning in March when Raye alighted from a
four-wheel cab at the door of a registry-office in the S.W. district of London,
and carefully handed down Anna and her companion Mrs. Harnham. Anna looked
attractive in the somewhat fashionable clothes which Mrs. Harnham had helped
her to buy, though not quite so attractive as, an innocent child, she had
appeared in her country gown on the back of the wooden horse at Melchester
Fair.
Mrs. Harnham had come up this morning by an early train, and a
young man—a friend of Raye’s—having met them at the door, all four entered the
registry-office together. Till an hour before this time Raye had never known
the wine-merchant’s wife, except at that first casual encounter, and in the
flutter of the performance before them he had little opportunity for more than
a brief acquaintance. The contract of marriage at a registry is soon got
through; but somehow, during its progress, Raye discovered a strange and secret
gravitation between himself and Anna’s friend.
The formalities of the wedding—or rather ratification of a
previous union—being concluded, the four went in one cab to Raye’s lodgings,
newly taken in a new suburb in preference to a house, the rent of which he
could ill afford just then. Here Anna cut the little cake which Raye had bought
at a pastrycook’s on his way home from Lincoln’s Inn the night before. But she
did not do much besides. Raye’s friend was obliged to depart almost
immediately, and when he had left the only ones virtually present were Edith
and Raye who exchanged ideas with much animation. The conversation was indeed
theirs only, Anna being as a domestic animal who humbly heard but understood
not. Raye seemed startled in awakening to this fact, and began to feel
dissatisfied with her inadequacy.
At last, more disappointed than he cared to own, he said, ‘Mrs.
Harnham, my darling is so flurried that she doesn’t know what she is doing or
saying. I see that after this event a little quietude will be necessary before
she gives tongue to that tender philosophy which she used to treat me to in her
letters.’
They had planned to start early that afternoon for Knollsea, to
spend the few opening days of their married life there, and as the hour for
departure was drawing near Raye asked his wife if she would go to the
writing-desk in the next room and scribble a little note to his sister, who had
been unable to attend through indisposition, informing her that the ceremony
was over, thanking her for her little present, and hoping to know her well now
that she was the writer’s sister as well as Charles’s.
‘Say it in the pretty poetical way you know so well how to adopt,’
he added, ‘for I want you particularly to win her, and both of you to be dear
friends.’
Anna looked uneasy, but departed to her task, Raye remaining to
talk to their guest. Anna was a long while absent, and her husband suddenly
rose and went to her.
He found her still bending over the writing-table, with tears
brimming up in her eyes; and he looked down upon the sheet of note-paper with
some interest, to discover with what tact she had expressed her good-will in
the delicate circumstances. To his surprise she had progressed but a few lines,
in the characters and spelling of a child of eight, and with the ideas of a
goose.
‘Anna,’ he said, staring; ‘what’s this?’
‘It only means—that I can’t do it any better!’ she answered,
through her tears.
‘Eh? Nonsense!’
‘I can’t!’ she insisted, with miserable, sobbing hardihood.
‘I—I—didn’t write those letters, Charles! I only told her what
to write! And not always that! But I am learning, O so fast, my dear, dear
husband! And you’ll forgive me, won’t you, for not telling you before?’ She
slid to her knees, abjectly clasped his waist and laid her face against him.
He stood a few moments, raised her, abruptly turned, and shut the
door upon her, rejoining Edith in the drawing-room. She saw that something
untoward had been discovered, and their eyes remained fixed on each other.
‘Do I guess rightly?’ he asked, with wan quietude. ‘You were
her scribe through all this?’
‘It was necessary,’ said Edith.
‘Did she dictate every word you ever wrote to me?’
‘Not every word.’
‘In fact, very little?’
‘Very little.’
‘You wrote a great part of those pages every week from your own
conceptions, though in her name!’
‘Yes.’
‘Perhaps you wrote many of the letters when you were alone,
without communication with her?’
‘I did.’
He turned to the bookcase, and leant with his hand over his face;
and Edith, seeing his distress, became white as a sheet.
‘You have deceived me—ruined me!’ he murmured.
‘O, don’t say it!’ she cried in her anguish, jumping up and
putting her hand on his shoulder. ‘I can’t bear that!’
‘Delighting me deceptively! Why did you do it—why did
you!’
‘I began doing it in kindness to her! How could I do otherwise
than try to save such a simple girl from misery? But I admit that I continued
it for pleasure to myself.’
Raye looked up. ‘Why did it give you pleasure?’ he asked.
‘I must not tell,’ said she.
He continued to regard her, and saw that her lips suddenly began
to quiver under his scrutiny, and her eyes to fill and droop. She started
aside, and said that she must go to the station to catch the return train:
could a cab be called immediately?
But Raye went up to her, and took her unresisting hand. ‘Well, to
think of such a thing as this!’ he said. ‘Why, you and I are
friends—lovers—devoted lovers—by correspondence!’
‘Yes; I suppose.’
‘More.’
‘More?’
‘Plainly more. It is no use blinking that. Legally I have married
her—God help us both!—in soul and spirit I have married you, and no other woman
in the world!’
‘Hush!’
‘But I will not hush! Why should you try to disguise the full
truth, when you have already owned half of it? Yes, it is between you and me
that the bond is—not between me and her! Now I’ll say no more. But, O my cruel
one, I think I have one claim upon you!’
She did not say what, and he drew her towards him, and bent over
her. ‘If it was all pure invention in those letters,’ he said emphatically,
‘give me your cheek only. If you meant what you said, let it be lips. It is for
the first and last time, remember!’
She put up her mouth, and he kissed her long. ‘You forgive me?’
she said crying.
‘Yes.’
‘But you are ruined!’
‘What matter!’ he said shrugging his shoulders. ‘It serves me
right!’
She withdrew, wiped her eyes, entered and bade good-bye to Anna,
who had not expected her to go so soon, and was still wrestling with the
letter. Raye followed Edith downstairs, and in three minutes she was in a
hansom driving to the Waterloo station.
He went back to his wife. ‘Never mind the letter, Anna, to-day,’
he said gently. ‘Put on your things. We, too, must be off shortly.’
The simple girl, upheld by the sense that she was indeed married,
showed her delight at finding that he was as kind as ever after the disclosure.
She did not know that before his eyes he beheld as it were a galley, in which
he, the fastidious urban, was chained to work for the remainder of his life,
with her, the unlettered peasant, chained to his side.
Edith travelled back to Melchester that day with a face that
showed the very stupor of grief; her lips still tingling from the desperate
pressure of his kiss. The end of her impassioned dream had come. When at dusk
she reached the Melchester station her husband was there to meet her, but in
his perfunctoriness and her preoccupation they did not see each other, and she
went out of the station alone.
She walked mechanically homewards without calling a fly. Entering,
she could not bear the silence of the house, and went up in the dark to where
Anna had slept, where she remained thinking awhile. She then returned to the
drawing-room, and not knowing what she did, crouched down upon the floor.
‘I have ruined him!’ she kept repeating. ‘I have ruined him;
because I would not deal treacherously towards her!’
In the course of half an hour a figure opened the door of the
apartment.
‘Ah—who’s that?’ she said, starting up, for it was dark.
‘Your husband—who should it be?’ said the worthy merchant.
‘Ah—my husband!—I forgot I had a husband!’ she whispered to
herself.
‘I missed you at the station,’ he continued. ‘Did you see Anna
safely tied up? I hope so, for ’twas time.’
‘Yes—Anna is married.’
Simultaneously with Edith’s journey home Anna and her husband were
sitting at the opposite windows of a second-class carriage which sped along to
Knollsea. In his hand was a pocket-book full of creased sheets closely written
over. Unfolding them one after another he read them in silence, and sighed.
‘What are you doing, dear Charles?’ she said timidly from the
other window, and drew nearer to him as if he were a god.
‘Reading over all those sweet letters to me signed “Anna,”’ he
replied with dreary resignation.
Autumn 1891.
CHAPTER I
The interior of St. James’s Church, in Havenpool Town, was slowly
darkening under the close clouds of a winter afternoon. It was Sunday: service
had just ended, the face of the parson in the pulpit was buried in his hands,
and the congregation, with a cheerful sigh of release, were rising from their
knees to depart.
For the moment the stillness was so complete that the surging of
the sea could be heard outside the harbour-bar. Then it was broken by the
footsteps of the clerk going towards the west door to open it in the usual
manner for the exit of the assembly. Before, however, he had reached the
doorway, the latch was lifted from without, and the dark figure of a man in a
sailor’s garb appeared against the light.
The clerk stepped aside, the sailor closed the door gently behind
him, and advanced up the nave till he stood at the chancel-step. The parson
looked up from the private little prayer which, after so many for the parish,
he quite fairly took for himself; rose to his feet, and stared at the intruder.
‘I beg your pardon, sir,’ said the sailor, addressing the minister
in a voice distinctly audible to all the congregation. ‘I have come here to
offer thanks for my narrow escape from shipwreck. I am given to understand that
it is a proper thing to do, if you have no objection?’
The parson, after a moment’s pause, said hesitatingly, ‘I have no
objection; certainly. It is usual to mention any such wish before service, so
that the proper words may be used in the General Thanksgiving. But, if you
wish, we can read from the form for use after a storm at sea.’
‘Ay, sure; I ain’t particular,’ said the sailor.
The clerk thereupon directed the sailor to the page in the
prayer-book where the collect of thanksgiving would be found, and the rector
began reading it, the sailor kneeling where he stood, and repeating it after
him word by word in a distinct voice. The people, who had remained agape and
motionless at the proceeding, mechanically knelt down likewise; but they
continued to regard the isolated form of the sailor who, in the precise middle
of the chancel-step, remained fixed on his knees, facing the east, his hat
beside him, his hands joined, and he quite unconscious of his appearance in
their regard.
When his thanksgiving had come to an end he rose; the people rose
also, and all went out of church together. As soon as the sailor emerged, so
that the remaining daylight fell upon his face, old inhabitants began to
recognize him as no other than Shadrach Jolliffe, a young man who had not been
seen at Havenpool for several years. A son of the town, his parents had died
when he was quite young, on which account he had early gone to sea, in the
Newfoundland trade.
He talked with this and that townsman as he walked, informing them
that, since leaving his native place years before, he had become captain and
owner of a small coasting-ketch, which had providentially been saved from the
gale as well as himself. Presently he drew near to two girls who were going out
of the churchyard in front of him; they had been sitting in the nave at his
entry, and had watched his doings with deep interest, afterwards discussing him
as they moved out of church together. One was a slight and gentle creature, the
other a tall, large-framed, deliberative girl. Captain Jolliffe regarded the
loose curls of their hair, their backs and shoulders, down to their heels, for
some time.
‘Who may them two maids be?’ he whispered to his neighbour.
‘The little one is Emily Hanning; the tall one Joanna Phippard.’
‘Ah! I recollect ’em now, to be sure.’
He advanced to their elbow, and genially stole a gaze at them.
‘Emily, you don’t know me?’ said the sailor, turning his beaming
brown eyes on her.
‘I think I do, Mr. Jolliffe,’ said Emily shyly.
The other girl looked straight at him with her dark eyes.
‘The face of Miss Joanna I don’t call to mind so well,’ he
continued. ‘But I know her beginnings and kindred.’
They walked and talked together, Jolliffe narrating particulars of
his late narrow escape, till they reached the corner of Sloop Lane, in which
Emily Hanning dwelt, when, with a nod and smile, she left them. Soon the sailor
parted also from Joanna, and, having no especial errand or appointment, turned
back towards Emily’s house. She lived with her father, who called himself an accountant,
the daughter, however, keeping a little stationery-shop as a supplemental
provision for the gaps of his somewhat uncertain business. On entering Jolliffe
found father and daughter about to begin tea.
‘O, I didn’t know it was tea-time,’ he said. ‘Ay, I’ll have a cup
with much pleasure.’
He remained to tea and long afterwards, telling more tales of his
seafaring life. Several neighbours called to listen, and were asked to come in.
Somehow Emily Hanning lost her heart to the sailor that Sunday night, and in
the course of a week or two there was a tender understanding between them.
One moonlight evening in the next month Shadrach was ascending out
of the town by the long straight road eastward, to an elevated suburb where the
more fashionable houses stood—if anything near this ancient port could be
called fashionable—when he saw a figure before him whom, from her manner of
glancing back, he took to be Emily. But, on coming up, he found she was Joanna
Phippard. He gave a gallant greeting, and walked beside her.
‘Go along,’ she said, ‘or Emily will be jealous!’
He seemed not to like the suggestion, and remained. What was said
and what was done on that walk never could be clearly recollected by Shadrach;
but in some way or other Joanna contrived to wean him away from her gentler and
younger rival. From that week onwards, Jolliffe was seen more and more in the
wake of Joanna Phippard and less in the company of Emily; and it was soon
rumoured about the quay that old Jolliffe’s son, who had come home from sea,
was going to be married to the former young woman, to the great disappointment
of the latter.
Just after this report had gone about, Joanna dressed herself for
a walk one morning, and started for Emily’s house in the little cross-street.
Intelligence of the deep sorrow of her friend on account of the loss of
Shadrach had reached her ears also, and her conscience reproached her for
winning him away.
Joanna was not altogether satisfied with the sailor. She liked his
attentions, and she coveted the dignity of matrimony; but she had never been
deeply in love with Jolliffe. For one thing, she was ambitious, and socially
his position was hardly so good as her own, and there was always the chance of
an attractive woman mating considerably above her. It had long been in her mind
that she would not strongly object to give him back again to Emily if her
friend felt so very badly about him. To this end she had written a letter of
renunciation to Shadrach, which letter she carried in her hand, intending to
send it if personal observation of Emily convinced her that her friend was
suffering.
Joanna entered Sloop Lane and stepped down into the
stationery-shop, which was below the pavement level. Emily’s father was never
at home at this hour of the day, and it seemed as though Emily were not at home
either, for the visitor could make nobody hear. Customers came so seldom hither
that a five minutes’ absence of the proprietor counted for little. Joanna
waited in the little shop, where Emily had tastefully set out—as women can—articles
in themselves of slight value, so as to obscure the meagreness of the
stock-in-trade; till she saw a figure pausing without the window apparently
absorbed in the contemplation of the sixpenny books, packets of paper, and
prints hung on a string. It was Captain Shadrach Jolliffe, peering in to
ascertain if Emily were there alone. Moved by an impulse of reluctance to meet
him in a spot which breathed of Emily, Joanna slipped through the door that
communicated with the parlour at the back. She had frequently done so before,
for in her friendship with Emily she had the freedom of the house without
ceremony.
Jolliffe entered the shop. Through the thin blind which screened
the glass partition she could see that he was disappointed at not finding Emily
there. He was about to go out again, when Emily’s form darkened the doorway,
hastening home from some errand. At sight of Jolliffe she started back as if
she would have gone out again.
‘Don’t run away, Emily; don’t!’ said he. ‘What can make ye
afraid?’
‘I’m not afraid, Captain Jolliffe. Only—only I saw you all of a
sudden, and—it made me jump!’ Her voice showed that her heart had jumped even
more than the rest of her.
‘I just called as I was passing,’ he said.
‘For some paper?’ She hastened behind the counter.
‘No, no, Emily; why do ye get behind there? Why not stay by me?
You seem to hate me.’
‘I don’t hate you. How can I?’
‘Then come out, so that we can talk like Christians.’
Emily obeyed with a fitful laugh, till she stood again beside him
in the open part of the shop.
‘There’s a dear,’ he said.
‘You mustn’t say that, Captain Jolliffe; because the words belong
to somebody else.’
‘Ah! I know what you mean. But, Emily, upon my life I didn’t know
till this morning that you cared one bit about me, or I should not have done as
I have done. I have the best of feelings for Joanna, but I know that from the
beginning she hasn’t cared for me more than in a friendly way; and I see now
the one I ought to have asked to be my wife. You know, Emily, when a man comes
home from sea after a long voyage he’s as blind as a bat—he can’t see who’s who
in women. They are all alike to him, beautiful creatures, and he takes the
first that comes easy, without thinking if she loves him, or if he might not
soon love another better than her. From the first I inclined to you most, but
you were so backward and shy that I thought you didn’t want me to bother ’ee,
and so I went to Joanna.’
‘Don’t say any more, Mr. Jolliffe, don’t!’ said she, choking. ‘You
are going to marry Joanna next month, and it is wrong to—to—’
‘O, Emily, my darling!’ he cried, and clasped her little figure in
his arms before she was aware.
Joanna, behind the curtain, turned pale, tried to withdraw her
eyes, but could not.
‘It is only you I love as a man ought to love the woman he is
going to marry; and I know this from what Joanna has said, that she will
willingly let me off! She wants to marry higher I know, and only said “Yes” to
me out of kindness. A fine, tall girl like her isn’t the sort for a plain
sailor’s wife: you be the best suited for that.’
He kissed her and kissed her again, her flexible form quivering in
the agitation of his embrace.
‘I wonder—are you sure—Joanna is going to break off with you? O,
are you sure? Because—’
‘I know she would not wish to make us miserable. She will release
me.’
‘O, I hope—I hope she will! Don’t stay any longer, Captain
Jolliffe!’
He lingered, however, till a customer came for a penny stick of
sealing-wax, and then he withdrew.
Green envy had overspread Joanna at the scene. She looked about
for a way of escape. To get out without Emily’s knowledge of her visit was
indispensable. She crept from the parlour into the passage, and thence to the
front door of the house, where she let herself noiselessly into the street.
The sight of that caress had reversed all her resolutions. She
could not let Shadrach go. Reaching home she burnt the letter, and told her
mother that if Captain Jolliffe called she was too unwell to see him.
Shadrach, however, did not call. He sent her a note expressing in simple
language the state of his feelings; and asked to be allowed to take advantage
of the hints she had given him that her affection, too, was little more than
friendly, by cancelling the engagement.
Looking out upon the harbour and the island beyond he waited and
waited in his lodgings for an answer that did not come. The suspense grew to be
so intolerable that after dark he went up the High Street. He could not resist
calling at Joanna’s to learn his fate.
Her mother said her daughter was too unwell to see him, and to his
questioning admitted that it was in consequence of a letter received from
himself; which had distressed her deeply.
‘You know what it was about, perhaps, Mrs. Phippard?’ he said.
Mrs. Phippard owned that she did, adding that it put them in a
very painful position. Thereupon Shadrach, fearing that he had been guilty of
an enormity, explained that if his letter had pained Joanna it must be owing to
a misunderstanding, since he had thought it would be a relief to her. If
otherwise, he would hold himself bound by his word, and she was to think of the
letter as never having been written.
Next morning he received an oral message from the young woman,
asking him to fetch her home from a meeting that evening. This he did, and
while walking from the Town Hall to her door, with her hand in his arm, she
said:
‘It is all the same as before between us, isn’t it, Shadrach? Your
letter was sent in mistake?’
‘It is all the same as before,’ he answered, ‘if you say it must
be.’
‘I wish it to be,’ she murmured, with hard lineaments, as she
thought of Emily.
Shadrach was a religious and scrupulous man, who respected his
word as his life. Shortly afterwards the wedding took place, Jolliffe having
conveyed to Emily as gently as possible the error he had fallen into when
estimating Joanna’s mood as one of indifference.
CHAPTER II
A month after the marriage Joanna’s mother died, and the couple
were obliged to turn their attention to very practical matters. Now that she
was left without a parent, Joanna could not bear the notion of her husband
going to sea again, but the question was, What could he do at home? They
finally decided to take on a grocer’s shop in High Street, the goodwill and
stock of which were waiting to be disposed of at that time. Shadrach knew nothing
of shopkeeping, and Joanna very little, but they hoped to learn.
To the management of this grocery business they now devoted all
their energies, and continued to conduct it for many succeeding years, without
great success. Two sons were born to them, whom their mother loved to idolatry,
although she had never passionately loved her husband; and she lavished upon
them all her forethought and care. But the shop did not thrive, and the large
dreams she had entertained of her sons’ education and career became attenuated
in the face of realities. Their schooling was of the plainest, but, being by
the sea, they grew alert in all such nautical arts and enterprises as were
attractive to their age.
The great interest of the Jolliffes’ married life, outside their
own immediate household, had lain in the marriage of Emily. By one of those odd
chances which lead those that lurk in unexpected corners to be discovered,
while the obvious are passed by, the gentle girl had been seen and loved by a
thriving merchant of the town, a widower, some years older than herself, though
still in the prime of life. At first Emily had declared that she never, never
could marry any one; but Mr. Lester had quietly persevered, and had at last won
her reluctant assent. Two children also were the fruits of this union, and, as
they grew and prospered, Emily declared that she had never supposed that she
could live to be so happy.
The worthy merchant’s home, one of those large, substantial brick
mansions frequently jammed up in old-fashioned towns, faced directly on the
High Street, nearly opposite to the grocery shop of the Jolliffes, and it now
became the pain of Joanna to behold the woman whose place she had usurped out
of pure covetousness, looking down from her position of comparative wealth upon
the humble shop-window with its dusty sugar-loaves, heaps of raisins, and
canisters of tea, over which it was her own lot to preside. The business having
so dwindled, Joanna was obliged to serve in the shop herself; and it galled and
mortified her that Emily Lester, sitting in her large drawing-room over the
way, could witness her own dancings up and down behind the counter at the beck
and call of wretched twopenny customers, whose patronage she was driven to
welcome gladly: persons to whom she was compelled to be civil in the street,
while Emily was bounding along with her children and her governess, and
conversing with the genteelest people of the town and neighbourhood. This was
what she had gained by not letting Shadrach Jolliffe, whom she had so faintly
loved, carry his affection elsewhere.
Shadrach was a good and honest man, and he had been faithful to
her in heart and in deed. Time had clipped the wings of his love for Emily in
his devotion to the mother of his boys: he had quite lived down that impulsive
earlier fancy, and Emily had become in his regard nothing more than a friend.
It was the same with Emily’s feelings for him. Possibly, had she found the
least cause for jealousy, Joanna would almost have been better satisfied. It
was in the absolute acquiescence of Emily and Shadrach in the results she
herself had contrived that her discontent found nourishment.
Shadrach was not endowed with the narrow shrewdness necessary for
developing a retail business in the face of many competitors. Did a customer
inquire if the grocer could really recommend the wondrous substitute for eggs
which a persevering bagman had forced into his stock, he would answer that
‘when you did not put eggs into a pudding it was difficult to taste them
there’; and when he was asked if his ‘real Mocha coffee’ was real Mocha, he
would say grimly, ‘as understood in small shops.’
One summer day, when the big brick house opposite was reflecting
the oppressive sun’s heat into the shop, and nobody was present but husband and
wife, Joanna looked across at Emily’s door, where a wealthy visitor’s carriage
had drawn up. Traces of patronage had been visible in Emily’s manner of late.
‘Shadrach, the truth is, you are not a business-man,’ his wife
sadly murmured. ‘You were not brought up to shopkeeping, and it is impossible
for a man to make a fortune at an occupation he has jumped into, as you did
into this.’
Jolliffe agreed with her, in this as in everything else.
‘Not that I care a rope’s end about making a fortune,’ he said
cheerfully. ‘I am happy enough, and we can rub on somehow.’
She looked again at the great house through the screen of bottled
pickles.
‘Rub on—yes,’ she said bitterly. ‘But see how well off Emmy Lester
is, who used to be so poor! Her boys will go to College, no doubt; and think of
yours—obliged to go to the Parish School!’
Shadrach’s thoughts had flown to Emily.
‘Nobody,’ he said good-humouredly, ‘ever did Emily a better turn
than you did, Joanna, when you warned her off me and put an end to that little
simpering nonsense between us, so as to leave it in her power to say “Aye” to
Lester when he came along.’ This almost maddened her.
‘Don’t speak of bygones!’ she implored, in stern sadness. ‘But
think, for the boys’ and my sake, if not for your own, what are we to do to get
richer?’
‘Well,’ he said, becoming serious, ‘to tell the truth, I have
always felt myself unfit for this business, though I’ve never liked to say so.
I seem to want more room for sprawling; a more open space to strike out in than
here among friends and neighbours. I could get rich as well as any man, if I
tried my own way.’
‘I wish you would! What is your way?’
‘To go to sea again.’
She had been the very one to keep him at home, hating the
semi-widowed existence of sailors’ wives. But her ambition checked her
instincts now, and she said: ‘Do you think success really lies that way?’
‘I am sure it lies in no other.’
‘Do you want to go, Shadrach?’
‘Not for the pleasure of it, I can tell ’ee. There’s no such
pleasure at sea, Joanna, as I can find in my back parlour here. To speak
honest, I have no love for the brine. I never had much. But if it comes to a
question of a fortune for you and the lads, it is another thing. That’s the
only way to it for one born and bred a seafarer as I.’
‘Would it take long to earn?’
‘Well, that depends; perhaps not.’
The next morning Shadrach pulled from a chest of drawers the
nautical jacket he had worn during the first months of his return, brushed out
the moths, donned it, and walked down to the quay. The port still did a fair
business in the Newfoundland trade, though not so much as formerly.
It was not long after this that he invested all he possessed in
purchasing a part-ownership in a brig, of which he was appointed captain. A few
months were passed in coast-trading, during which interval Shadrach wore off
the land-rust that had accumulated upon him in his grocery phase; and in the
spring the brig sailed for Newfoundland.
Joanna lived on at home with her sons, who were now growing up
into strong lads, and occupying themselves in various ways about the harbour
and quay.
‘Never mind, let them work a little,’ their fond mother said to
herself. ‘Our necessities compel it now, but when Shadrach comes home they will
be only seventeen and eighteen, and they shall be removed from the port, and
their education thoroughly taken in hand by a tutor; and with the money they’ll
have they will perhaps be as near to gentlemen as Emmy Lester’s precious two,
with their algebra and their Latin!’
The date for Shadrach’s return drew near and arrived, and he did
not appear. Joanna was assured that there was no cause for anxiety,
sailing-ships being so uncertain in their coming; which assurance proved to be
well grounded, for late one wet evening, about a month after the calculated
time, the ship was announced as at hand, and presently the slip-slop step of
Shadrach as the sailor sounded in the passage, and he entered. The boys had
gone out and had missed him, and Joanna was sitting alone.
As soon as the first emotion of reunion between the couple had
passed, Jolliffe explained the delay as owing to a small speculative contract,
which had produced good results.
‘I was determined not to disappoint ’ee,’ he said; ‘and I think
you’ll own that I haven’t!’
With this he pulled out an enormous canvas bag, full and rotund as
the money-bag of the giant whom Jack slew, untied it, and shook the contents
out into her lap as she sat in her low chair by the fire. A mass of sovereigns
and guineas (there were guineas on the earth in those days) fell into her lap
with a sudden thud, weighing down her gown to the floor.
‘There!’ said Shadrach complacently. ‘I told ’ee, dear, I’d do it;
and have I done it or no?’
Somehow her face, after the first excitement of possession, did
not retain its glory.
‘It is a lot of gold, indeed,’ she said. ‘And—is this all?’
‘All? Why, dear Joanna, do you know you can count to three hundred
in that heap? It is a fortune!’
‘Yes—yes. A fortune—judged by sea; but judged by land—’
However, she banished considerations of the money for the nonce. Soon
the boys came in, and next Sunday Shadrach returned thanks to God—this time by
the more ordinary channel of the italics in the General Thanksgiving. But a few
days after, when the question of investing the money arose, he remarked that
she did not seem so satisfied as he had hoped.
‘Well you see, Shadrach,’ she answered, ‘we count by
hundreds; they count by thousands’ (nodding towards the other
side of the Street). ‘They have set up a carriage and pair since you left.’
‘O, have they?’
‘My dear Shadrach, you don’t know how the world moves. However,
we’ll do the best we can with it. But they are rich, and we are poor still!’
The greater part of a year was desultorily spent. She moved sadly
about the house and shop, and the boys were still occupying themselves in and
around the harbour.
‘Joanna,’ he said, one day, ‘I see by your movements that it is
not enough.’
‘It is not enough,’ said she. ‘My boys will have to live by
steering the ships that the Lesters own; and I was once above her!’
Jolliffe was not an argumentative man, and he only murmured that
he thought he would make another voyage.
He meditated for several days, and coming home from the quay one
afternoon said suddenly:
‘I could do it for ’ee, dear, in one more trip, for certain,
if—if—’
‘Do what, Shadrach?’
‘Enable ’ee to count by thousands instead of hundreds.’
‘If what?’
‘If I might take the boys.’
She turned pale.
‘Don’t say that, Shadrach,’ she answered hastily.
‘Why?’
‘I don’t like to hear it! There’s danger at sea. I want them to be
something genteel, and no danger to them. I couldn’t let them risk their lives
at sea. O, I couldn’t ever, ever!’
‘Very well, dear, it shan’t be done.’
Next day, after a silence, she asked a question:
‘If they were to go with you it would make a great deal of difference,
I suppose, to the profit?’
‘’Twould treble what I should get from the venture single-handed.
Under my eye they would be as good as two more of myself.’
Later on she said: ‘Tell me more about this.’
‘Well, the boys are almost as clever as master-mariners in
handling a craft, upon my life! There isn’t a more cranky place in the Northern
Seas than about the sandbanks of this harbour, and they’ve practised here from
their infancy. And they are so steady. I couldn’t get their steadiness and
their trustworthiness in half a dozen men twice their age.’
‘And is it very dangerous at sea; now, too, there
are rumours of war?’ she asked uneasily.
‘O, well, there be risks. Still . . . ’
The idea grew and magnified, and the mother’s heart was crushed
and stifled by it. Emmy was growing too patronizing; it could
not be borne. Shadrach’s wife could not help nagging him about their
comparative poverty. The young men, amiable as their father, when spoken to on
the subject of a voyage of enterprise, were quite willing to embark; and though
they, like their father, had no great love for the sea, they became quite
enthusiastic when the proposal was detailed.
Everything now hung upon their mother’s assent. She withheld it
long, but at last gave the word: the young men might accompany their father.
Shadrach was unusually cheerful about it: Heaven had preserved him hitherto,
and he had uttered his thanks. God would not forsake those who were faithful to
him.
All that the Jolliffes possessed in the world was put into the
enterprise. The grocery stock was pared down to the least that possibly could
afford a bare sustenance to Joanna during the absence, which was to last
through the usual ‘New-f’nland spell.’ How she would endure the weary time she
hardly knew, for the boys had been with her formerly; but she nerved herself
for the trial.
The ship was laden with boots and shoes, ready-made clothing,
fishing-tackle, butter, cheese, cordage, sailcloth, and many other commodities;
and was to bring back oil, furs, skins, fish, cranberries, and what else came
to hand. But much trading to other ports was to be undertaken between the
voyages out and homeward, and thereby much money made.
CHAPTER III
The brig sailed on a Monday morning in spring; but Joanna did not
witness its departure. She could not bear the sight that she had been the means
of bringing about. Knowing this, her husband told her overnight that they were
to sail some time before noon next day hence when, awakening at five the next
morning, she heard them bustling about downstairs, she did not hasten to
descend, but lay trying to nerve herself for the parting, imagining they would
leave about nine, as her husband had done on his previous voyage. When she did
descend she beheld words chalked upon the sloping face of the bureau; but no
husband or sons. In the hastily-scrawled lines Shadrach said they had gone off
thus not to pain her by a leave-taking; and the sons had chalked under his
words: ‘Good-bye, mother!’
She rushed to the quay, and looked down the harbour towards the
blue rim of the sea, but she could only see the masts and bulging sails of
the Joanna; no human figures. ‘’Tis I have sent them!’ she said
wildly, and burst into tears. In the house the chalked ‘Good-bye’ nearly broke
her heart. But when she had re-entered the front room, and looked across at
Emily’s, a gleam of triumph lit her thin face at her anticipated release from
the thraldom of subservience.
To do Emily Lester justice, her assumption of superiority was
mainly a figment of Joanna’s brain. That the circumstances of the merchant’s
wife were more luxurious than Joanna’s, the former could not conceal; though
whenever the two met, which was not very often now, Emily endeavoured to subdue
the difference by every means in her power.
The first summer lapsed away; and Joanna meagrely maintained
herself by the shop, which now consisted of little more than a window and a
counter. Emily was, in truth, her only large customer; and Mrs. Lester’s kindly
readiness to buy anything and everything without questioning the quality had a
sting of bitterness in it, for it was the uncritical attitude of a patron, and
almost of a donor. The long dreary winter moved on; the face of the bureau had
been turned to the wall to protect the chalked words of farewell, for Joanna
could never bring herself to rub them out; and she often glanced at them with
wet eyes. Emily’s handsome boys came home for the Christmas holidays; the
University was talked of for them; and still Joanna subsisted as it were with
held breath, like a person submerged. Only one summer more, and the ‘spell’
would end. Towards the close of the time Emily called on her quondam friend.
She had heard that Joanna began to feel anxious; she had received no letter
from husband or sons for some months. Emily’s silks rustled arrogantly when, in
response to Joanna’s almost dumb invitation, she squeezed through the opening
of the counter and into the parlour behind the shop.
‘You are all success, and I am all
the other way!’ said Joanna.
‘But why do you think so?’ said Emily. ‘They are to bring back a
fortune, I hear.’
‘Ah! will they come? The doubt is more than a woman can bear. All
three in one ship—think of that! And I have not heard of them for months!’
‘But the time is not up. You should not meet misfortune half-way.’
‘Nothing will repay me for the grief of their absence!’
‘Then why did you let them go? You were doing fairly well.’
‘I made them go!’ she said, turning vehemently upon Emily. ‘And
I’ll tell you why! I could not bear that we should be only muddling on, and you
so rich and thriving! Now I have told you, and you may hate me if you will!’
‘I shall never hate you, Joanna.’
And she proved the truth of her words afterwards. The end of
autumn came, and the brig should have been in port; but nothing like the Joanna appeared
in the channel between the sands. It was now really time to be uneasy. Joanna
Jolliffe sat by the fire, and every gust of wind caused her a cold thrill. She
had always feared and detested the sea; to her it was a treacherous, restless,
slimy creature, glorying in the griefs of women. ‘Still,’ she said, ‘they must come!’
She recalled to her mind that Shadrach had said before starting
that if they returned safe and sound, with success crowning their enterprise,
he would go as he had gone after his shipwreck, and kneel with his sons in the
church, and offer sincere thanks for their deliverance. She went to church
regularly morning and afternoon, and sat in the most forward pew, nearest the
chancel-step. Her eyes were mostly fixed on that step, where Shadrach had knelt
in the bloom of his young manhood: she knew to an inch the spot which his knees
had pressed twenty winters before; his outline as he had knelt, his hat on the
step beside him. God was good. Surely her husband must kneel there again: a son
on each side as he had said; George just here, Jim just there. By long watching
the spot as she worshipped it became as if she saw the three returned ones
there kneeling; the two slim outlines of her boys, the more bulky form between
them; their hands clasped, their heads shaped against the eastern wall. The
fancy grew almost to an hallucination: she could never turn her worn eyes to
the step without seeing them there.
Nevertheless they did not come. Heaven was merciful, but it was
not yet pleased to relieve her soul. This was her purgation for the sin of
making them the slaves of her ambition. But it became more than purgation soon,
and her mood approached despair. Months had passed since the brig had been due,
but it had not returned.
Joanna was always hearing or seeing evidences of their arrival.
When on the hill behind the port, whence a view of the open Channel could be
obtained, she felt sure that a little speck on the horizon, breaking the
eternally level waste of waters southward, was the truck of the Joana’s mainmast.
Or when indoors, a shout or excitement of any kind at the corner of the Town
Cellar, where the High Street joined the Quay, caused her to spring to her feet
and cry: ‘’Tis they!’
But it was not. The visionary forms knelt every Sunday afternoon
on the chancel-step, but not the real. Her shop had, as it were, eaten itself
hollow. In the apathy which had resulted from her loneliness and grief she had
ceased to take in the smallest supplies, and thus had sent away her last
customer.
In this strait Emily Lester tried by every means in her power to
aid the afflicted woman; but she met with constant repulses.
‘I don’t like you! I can’t bear to see you!’ Joanna would whisper
hoarsely when Emily came to her and made advances.
‘But I want to help and soothe you, Joanna,’ Emily would say.
‘You are a lady, with a rich husband and fine sons! What can you
want with a bereaved crone like me!’
‘Joanna, I want this: I want you to come and live in my house, and
not stay alone in this dismal place any longer.’
‘And suppose they come and don’t find me at home? You wish to
separate me and mine! No, I’ll stay here. I don’t like you, and I can’t thank
you, whatever kindness you do me!’
However, as time went on Joanna could not afford to pay the rent
of the shop and house without an income. She was assured that all hope of the
return of Shadrach and his sons was vain, and she reluctantly consented to
accept the asylum of the Lesters’ house. Here she was allotted a room of her
own on the second floor, and went and came as she chose, without contact with
the family. Her hair greyed and whitened, deep lines channeled her forehead,
and her form grew gaunt and stooping. But she still expected the lost ones, and
when she met Emily on the staircase she would say morosely: ‘I know why you’ve
got me here! They’ll come, and be disappointed at not finding me at home, and
perhaps go away again; and then you’ll be revenged for my taking Shadrach away
from ’ee!’
Emily Lester bore these reproaches from the grief-stricken soul.
She was sure—all the people of Havenpool were sure—that Shadrach and his sons
could not return. For years the vessel had been given up as lost.
Nevertheless, when awakened at night by any noise, Joanna would
rise from bed and glance at the shop opposite by the light from the flickering
lamp, to make sure it was not they.
It was a damp and dark December night, six years after the
departure of the brig Joanna. The wind was from the sea, and
brought up a fishy mist which mopped the face like moist flannel. Joanna had
prayed her usual prayer for the absent ones with more fervour and confidence
than she had felt for months, and had fallen asleep about eleven. It must have
been between one and two when she suddenly started up. She had certainly heard
steps in the street, and the voices of Shadrach and her sons calling at the
door of the grocery shop. She sprang out of bed, and, hardly knowing what
clothing she dragged on herself; hastened down Emily’s large and carpeted
staircase, put the candle on the hall-table, unfastened the bolts and chain,
and stepped into the street. The mist, blowing up the street from the Quay,
hindered her seeing the shop, although it was so near; but she had crossed to
it in a moment. How was it? Nobody stood there. The wretched woman walked
wildly up and down with her bare feet—there was not a soul. She returned and
knocked with all her might at the door which had once been her own—they might
have been admitted for the night, unwilling to disturb her till the morning.
It was not till several minutes had elapsed that the young man who
now kept the shop looked out of an upper window, and saw the skeleton of
something human standing below half-dressed.
‘Has anybody come?’ asked the form.
‘O, Mrs. Jolliffe, I didn’t know it was you,’ said the young man
kindly, for he was aware how her baseless expectations moved her. ‘No; nobody
has come.’
June 1891.
6.THE MELANCHOLY HUSSAR OF THE GERMAN LEGION
CHAPTER I
Here stretch the downs, high and breezy and green, absolutely
unchanged since those eventful days. A plough has never disturbed the turf, and
the sod that was uppermost then is uppermost now. Here stood the camp; here are
distinct traces of the banks thrown up for the horses of the cavalry, and spots
where the midden-heaps lay are still to be observed. At night, when I walk
across the lonely place, it is impossible to avoid hearing, amid the scourings
of the wind over the grass-bents and thistles, the old trumpet and bugle calls,
the rattle of the halters; to help seeing rows of spectral tents and the impedimenta of
the soldiery. From within the canvases come guttural syllables of foreign
tongues, and broken songs of the fatherland; for they were mainly regiments of
the King’s German Legion that slept round the tent-poles hereabout at that
time.
It was nearly ninety years ago. The British uniform of the period,
with its immense epaulettes, queer cocked-hat, breeches, gaiters, ponderous
cartridge-box, buckled shoes, and what not, would look strange and barbarous
now. Ideas have changed; invention has followed invention. Soldiers were
monumental objects then. A divinity still hedged kings here and there; and war
was considered a glorious thing.
Secluded old manor-houses and hamlets lie in the ravines and
hollows among these hills, where a stranger had hardly ever been seen till the
King chose to take the baths yearly at the sea-side watering-place a few miles
to the south; as a consequence of which battalions descended in a cloud upon
the open country around. Is it necessary to add that the echoes of many
characteristic tales, dating from that picturesque time, still linger about
here in more or less fragmentary form, to be caught by the attentive ear? Some
of them I have repeated; most of them I have forgotten; one I have never
repeated, and assuredly can never forget.
Phyllis told me the story with her own lips. She was then an old
lady of seventy-five, and her auditor a lad of fifteen. She enjoined silence as
to her share in the incident, till she should be ‘dead, buried, and forgotten.’
Her life was prolonged twelve years after the day of her narration, and she has
now been dead nearly twenty. The oblivion which in her modesty and humility she
courted for herself has only partially fallen on her, with the unfortunate
result of inflicting an injustice upon her memory; since such fragments of her
story as got abroad at the time, and have been kept alive ever since, are
precisely those which are most unfavourable to her character.
It all began with the arrival of the York Hussars, one of the
foreign regiments above alluded to. Before that day scarcely a soul had been
seen near her father’s house for weeks. When a noise like the brushing skirt of
a visitor was heard on the doorstep, it proved to be a scudding leaf; when a
carriage seemed to be nearing the door, it was her father grinding his sickle
on the stone in the garden for his favourite relaxation of trimming the
box-tree borders to the plots. A sound like luggage thrown down from the coach
was a gun far away at sea; and what looked like a tall man by the gate at dusk was
a yew bush cut into a quaint and attenuated shape. There is no such solitude in
country places now as there was in those old days.
Yet all the while King George and his court were at his favourite
sea-side resort, not more than five miles off.
The daughter’s seclusion was great, but beyond the seclusion of
the girl lay the seclusion of the father. If her social condition was twilight,
his was darkness. Yet he enjoyed his darkness, while her twilight oppressed
her. Dr. Grove had been a professional man whose taste for lonely meditation
over metaphysical questions had diminished his practice till it no longer paid
him to keep it going; after which he had relinquished it and hired at a nominal
rent the small, dilapidated, half farm half manor-house of this obscure inland
nook, to make a sufficiency of an income which in a town would have been
inadequate for their maintenance. He stayed in his garden the greater part of
the day, growing more and more irritable with the lapse of time, and the
increasing perception that he had wasted his life in the pursuit of illusions.
He saw his friends less and less frequently. Phyllis became so shy that if she
met a stranger anywhere in her short rambles she felt ashamed at his gaze,
walked awkwardly, and blushed to her shoulders.
Yet Phyllis was discovered even here by an admirer, and her hand
most unexpectedly asked in marriage.
The King, as aforesaid, was at the neighbouring town, where he had
taken up his abode at Gloucester Lodge and his presence in the town naturally brought
many county people thither. Among these idlers—many of whom professed to have
connections and interests with the Court—was one Humphrey Gould, a bachelor; a
personage neither young nor old; neither good-looking nor positively plain. Too
steady-going to be ‘a buck’ (as fast and unmarried men were then called), he
was an approximately fashionable man of a mild type. This bachelor of thirty
found his way to the village on the down: beheld Phyllis; made her father’s
acquaintance in order to make hers; and by some means or other she sufficiently
inflamed his heart to lead him in that direction almost daily; till he became
engaged to marry her.
As he was of an old local family, some of whose members were held
in respect in the county, Phyllis, in bringing him to her feet, had
accomplished what was considered a brilliant move for one in her constrained
position. How she had done it was not quite known to Phyllis herself. In those
days unequal marriages were regarded rather as a violation of the laws of nature
than as a mere infringement of convention, the more modern view, and hence when
Phyllis, of the watering-place bourgeoisie, was chosen by such a gentlemanly
fellow, it was as if she were going to be taken to heaven, though perhaps the
uninformed would have seen no great difference in the respective positions of
the pair, the said Gould being as poor as a crow.
This pecuniary condition was his excuse—probably a true one—for
postponing their union, and as the winter drew nearer, and the King departed
for the season, Mr. Humphrey Gould set out for Bath, promising to return to
Phyllis in a few weeks. The winter arrived, the date of his promise passed, yet
Gould postponed his coming, on the ground that he could not very easily leave
his father in the city of their sojourn, the elder having no other relative
near him. Phyllis, though lonely in the extreme, was content. The man who had
asked her in marriage was a desirable husband for her in many ways; her father
highly approved of his suit; but this neglect of her was awkward, if not
painful, for Phyllis. Love him in the true sense of the word she assured me she
never did, but she had a genuine regard for him; admired a certain methodical
and dogged way in which he sometimes took his pleasure; valued his knowledge of
what the Court was doing, had done, or was about to do; and she was not without
a feeling of pride that he had chosen her when he might have exercised a more
ambitious choice.
But he did not come; and the spring developed. His letters were
regular though formal; and it is not to be wondered that the uncertainty of her
position, linked with the fact that there was not much passion in her thoughts
of Humphrey, bred an indescribable dreariness in the heart of Phyllis Grove.
The spring was soon summer, and the summer brought the King; but still no
Humphrey Gould. All this while the engagement by letter was maintained intact.
At this point of time a golden radiance flashed in upon the lives
of people here, and charged all youthful thought with emotional interest. This
radiance was the aforesaid York Hussars.
CHAPTER II
The present generation has probably but a very dim notion of the
celebrated York Hussars of ninety years ago. They were one of the regiments of
the King’s German Legion, and (though they somewhat degenerated later on) their
brilliant uniform, their splendid horses, and above all, their foreign air and
mustachios (rare appendages then), drew crowds of admirers of both sexes
wherever they went. These with other regiments had come to encamp on the downs
and pastures, because of the presence of the King in the neighbouring town.
The spot was high and airy, and the view extensive, commanding the
Isle of Portland in front, and reaching to St. Aldhelm’s Head eastward, and
almost to the Start on the west.
Phyllis, though not precisely a girl of the village, was as
interested as any of them in this military investment. Her father’s home stood
somewhat apart, and on the highest point of ground to which the lane ascended,
so that it was almost level with the top of the church tower in the lower part
of the parish. Immediately from the outside of the garden-wall the grass spread
away to a great distance, and it was crossed by a path which came close to the
wall. Ever since her childhood it had been Phyllis’s pleasure to clamber up
this fence and sit on the top—a feat not so difficult as it may seem, the walls
in this district being built of rubble, without mortar, so that there were
plenty of crevices for small toes.
She was sitting up here one day, listlessly surveying the pasture
without, when her attention was arrested by a solitary figure walking along the
path. It was one of the renowned German Hussars, and he moved onward with his
eyes on the ground, and with the manner of one who wished to escape company. His
head would probably have been bent like his eyes but for his stiff neck-gear.
On nearer view she perceived that his face was marked with deep sadness.
Without observing her, he advanced by the footpath till it brought him almost
immediately under the wall.
Phyllis was much surprised to see a fine, tall soldier in such a
mood as this. Her theory of the military, and of the York Hussars in particular
(derived entirely from hearsay, for she had never talked to a soldier in her
life), was that their hearts were as gay as their accoutrements.
At this moment the Hussar lifted his eyes and noticed her on her
perch, the white muslin neckerchief which covered her shoulders and neck where
left bare by her low gown, and her white raiment in general, showing conspicuously
in the bright sunlight of this summer day. He blushed a little at the
suddenness of the encounter, and without halting a moment from his pace passed
on.
All that day the foreigner’s face haunted Phyllis; its aspect was
so striking, so handsome, and his eyes were so blue, and sad, and abstracted.
It was perhaps only natural that on some following day at the same hour she
should look over that wall again, and wait till he had passed a second time. On
this occasion he was reading a letter, and at the sight of her his manner was
that of one who had half expected or hoped to discover her. He almost stopped,
smiled, and made a courteous salute. The end of the meeting was that they
exchanged a few words. She asked him what he was reading, and he readily informed
her that he was re-perusing letters from his mother in Germany; he did not get
them often, he said, and was forced to read the old ones a great many times.
This was all that passed at the present interview, but others of the same kind
followed.
Phyllis used to say that his English, though not good, was quite
intelligible to her, so that their acquaintance was never hindered by
difficulties of speech. Whenever the subject became too delicate, subtle, or
tender, for such words of English as were at his command, the eyes no doubt
helped out the tongue, and—though this was later on—the lips helped out the
eyes. In short this acquaintance, unguardedly made, and rash enough on her
part, developed and ripened. Like Desdemona, she pitied him, and learnt his history.
His name was Matthäus Tina, and Saarbrück his native town, where
his mother was still living. His age was twenty-two, and he had already risen
to the grade of corporal, though he had not long been in the army. Phyllis used
to assert that no such refined or well-educated young man could have been found
in the ranks of the purely English regiments, some of these foreign soldiers
having rather the graceful manner and presence of our native officers than of
our rank and file.
She by degrees learnt from her foreign friend a circumstance about
himself and his comrades which Phyllis would least have expected of the York
Hussars. So far from being as gay as its uniform, the regiment was pervaded by
a dreadful melancholy, a chronic home-sickness, which depressed many of the men
to such an extent that they could hardly attend to their drill. The worst
sufferers were the younger soldiers who had not been over here long. They hated
England and English life; they took no interest whatever in King George and his
island kingdom, and they only wished to be out of it and never to see it any
more. Their bodies were here, but their hearts and minds were always far away
in their dear fatherland, of which—brave men and stoical as they were in many
ways—they would speak with tears in their eyes. One of the worst of the
sufferers from this home-woe, as he called it in his own tongue, was Matthäus
Tina, whose dreamy musing nature felt the gloom of exile still more intensely
from the fact that he had left a lonely mother at home with nobody to cheer
her.
Though Phyllis, touched by all this, and interested in his
history, did not disdain her soldier’s acquaintance, she declined (according to
her own account, at least) to permit the young man to overstep the line of mere
friendship for a long while—as long, indeed, as she considered herself likely
to become the possession of another; though it is probable that she had lost
her heart to Matthäus before she was herself aware. The stone wall of necessity
made anything like intimacy difficult; and he had never ventured to come, or to
ask to come, inside the garden, so that all their conversation had been overtly
conducted across this boundary.
CHAPTER III
But news reached the village from a friend of Phyllis’s father
concerning Mr. Humphrey Gould, her remarkably cool and patient betrothed. This
gentleman had been heard to say in Bath that he considered his overtures to
Miss Phyllis Grove to have reached only the stage of a half-understanding; and
in view of his enforced absence on his father’s account, who was too great an
invalid now to attend to his affairs, he thought it best that there should be
no definite promise as yet on either side. He was not sure, indeed, that he
might not cast his eyes elsewhere.
This account—though only a piece of hearsay, and as such entitled
to no absolute credit—tallied so well with the infrequency of his letters and
their lack of warmth, that Phyllis did not doubt its truth for one moment; and
from that hour she felt herself free to bestow her heart as she should choose.
Not so her father; he declared the whole story to be a fabrication. He had
known Mr. Gould’s family from his boyhood; and if there was one proverb which
expressed the matrimonial aspect of that family well, it was ‘Love me little,
love me long.’ Humphrey was an honourable man, who would not think of treating
his engagement so lightly. ‘Do you wait in patience,’ he said; ‘all will be
right enough in time.’
From these words Phyllis at first imagined that her father was in
correspondence with Mr. Gould; and her heart sank within her; for in spite of
her original intentions she had been relieved to hear that her engagement had
come to nothing. But she presently learnt that her father had heard no more of
Humphrey Gould than she herself had done; while he would not write and address
her affianced directly on the subject, lest it should be deemed an imputation
on that bachelor’s honour.
‘You want an excuse for encouraging one or other of those foreign
fellows to flatter you with his unmeaning attentions,’ her father exclaimed,
his mood having of late been a very unkind one towards her. ‘I see more than I
say. Don’t you ever set foot outside that garden-fence without my permission.
If you want to see the camp I’ll take you myself some Sunday afternoon.’
Phyllis had not the smallest intention of disobeying him in her
actions, but she assumed herself to be independent with respect to her
feelings. She no longer checked her fancy for the Hussar, though she was far
from regarding him as her lover in the serious sense in which an Englishman
might have been regarded as such. The young foreign soldier was almost an ideal
being to her, with none of the appurtenances of an ordinary house-dweller; one
who had descended she knew not whence, and would disappear she knew not
whither; the subject of a fascinating dream—no more.
They met continually now—mostly at dusk—during the brief interval
between the going down of the sun and the minute at which the last trumpet-call
summoned him to his tent. Perhaps her manner had become less restrained
latterly; at any rate that of the Hussar was so; he had grown more tender every
day, and at parting after these hurried interviews she reached down her hand
from the top of the wall that he might press it. One evening he held it so long
that she exclaimed, ‘The wall is white, and somebody in the field may see your
shape against it!’
He lingered so long that night that it was with the greatest
difficulty that he could run across the intervening stretch of ground and enter
the camp in time. On the next occasion of his awaiting her she did not appear
in her usual place at the usual hour. His disappointment was unspeakably keen;
he remained staring blankly at the spot, like a man in a trance. The trumpets
and tattoo sounded, and still he did not go.
She had been delayed purely by an accident. When she arrived she
was anxious because of the lateness of the hour, having heard as well as he the
sounds denoting the closing of the camp. She implored him to leave immediately.
‘No,’ he said gloomily. ‘I shall not go in yet—the moment you
come—I have thought of your coming all day.’
‘But you may be disgraced at being after time?’
‘I don’t mind that. I should have disappeared from the world some
time ago if it had not been for two persons—my beloved, here, and my mother in
Saarbrück. I hate the army. I care more for a minute of your company than for
all the promotion in the world.’
Thus he stayed and talked to her, and told her interesting details
of his native place, and incidents of his childhood, till she was in a simmer
of distress at his recklessness in remaining. It was only because she insisted
on bidding him good-night and leaving the wall that he returned to his
quarters.
The next time that she saw him he was without the stripes that had
adorned his sleeve. He had been broken to the level of private for his lateness
that night; and as Phyllis considered herself to be the cause of his disgrace
her sorrow was great. But the position was now reversed; it was his turn to
cheer her.
‘Don’t grieve, meine Liebliche!’ he said. ‘I have got a remedy for
whatever comes. First, even supposing I regain my stripes, would your father
allow you to marry a non-commissioned officer in the York Hussars?’
She flushed. This practical step had not been in her mind in relation
to such an unrealistic person as he was; and a moment’s reflection was enough
for it. ‘My father would not—certainly would not,’ she answered unflinchingly.
‘It cannot be thought of! My dear friend, please do forget me: I fear I am
ruining you and your prospects!’
‘Not at all!’ said he. ‘You are giving this country of yours just
sufficient interest to me to make me care to keep alive in it. If my dear land
were here also, and my old parent, with you, I could be happy as I am, and
would do my best as a soldier. But it is not so. And now listen. This is my
plan. That you go with me to my own country, and be my wife there, and live
there with my mother and me. I am not a Hanoverian, as you know, though I
entered the army as such; my country is by the Saar, and is at peace with
France, and if I were once in it I should be free.’
‘But how get there?’ she asked. Phyllis had been rather amazed
than shocked at his proposition. Her position in her father’s house was growing
irksome and painful in the extreme; his parental affection seemed to be quite
dried up. She was not a native of the village, like all the joyous girls around
her; and in some way Matthäus Tina had infected her with his own passionate
longing for his country, and mother, and home.
‘But how?’ she repeated, finding that he did not answer. ‘Will you
buy your discharge?’
‘Ah, no,’ he said. ‘That’s impossible in these times. No; I came
here against my will; why should I not escape? Now is the time, as we shall
soon be striking camp, and I might see you no more. This is my scheme. I will
ask you to meet me on the highway two miles off; on some calm night next week
that may be appointed. There will be nothing unbecoming in it, or to cause you
shame; you will not fly alone with me, for I will bring with me my devoted
young friend Christoph, an Alsatian, who has lately joined the regiment, and
who has agreed to assist in this enterprise. We shall have come from yonder
harbour, where we shall have examined the boats, and found one suited to our
purpose. Christoph has already a chart of the Channel, and we will then go to
the harbour, and at midnight cut the boat from her moorings, and row away round
the point out of sight; and by the next morning we are on the coast of France,
near Cherbourg. The rest is easy, for I have saved money for the land journey,
and can get a change of clothes. I will write to my mother, who will meet us on
the way.’
He added details in reply to her inquiries, which left no doubt in
Phyllis’s mind of the feasibility of the undertaking. But its magnitude almost
appalled her; and it is questionable if she would ever have gone further in the
wild adventure if, on entering the house that night, her father had not
accosted her in the most significant terms.
‘How about the York Hussars?’ he said.
‘They are still at the camp; but they are soon going away, I
believe.’
‘It is useless for you to attempt to cloak your actions in that
way. You have been meeting one of those fellows; you have been seen walking
with him—foreign barbarians, not much better than the French themselves! I have
made up my mind—don’t speak a word till I have done, please!—I have made up my
mind that you shall stay here no longer while they are on the spot. You shall
go to your aunt’s.’
It was useless for her to protest that she had never taken a walk
with any soldier or man under the sun except himself. Her protestations were
feeble, too, for though he was not literally correct in his assertion, he was
virtually only half in error.
The house of her father’s sister was a prison to Phyllis. She had
quite recently undergone experience of its gloom; and when her father went on
to direct her to pack what would be necessary for her to take, her heart died
within her. In after years she never attempted to excuse her conduct during
this week of agitation; but the result of her self-communing was that she
decided to join in the scheme of her lover and his friend, and fly to the
country which he had coloured with such lovely hues in her imagination. She
always said that the one feature in his proposal which overcame her hesitation
was the obvious purity and straightforwardness of his intentions. He showed
himself to be so virtuous and kind; he treated her with a respect to which she
had never before been accustomed; and she was braced to the obvious risks of
the voyage by her confidence in him.
CHAPTER IV
It was on a soft, dark evening of the following week that they
engaged in the adventure. Tina was to meet her at a point in the highway at
which the lane to the village branched off. Christoph was to go ahead of them
to the harbour where the boat lay, row it round the Nothe—or Look-out as it was
called in those days—and pick them up on the other side of the promontory,
which they were to reach by crossing the harbour-bridge on foot, and climbing
over the Look-out hill.
As soon as her father had ascended to his room she left the house,
and, bundle in hand, proceeded at a trot along the lane. At such an hour not a
soul was afoot anywhere in the village, and she reached the junction of the
lane with the highway unobserved. Here she took up her position in the
obscurity formed by the angle of a fence, whence she could discern every one
who approached along the turnpike-road, without being herself seen.
She had not remained thus waiting for her lover longer than a
minute—though from the tension of her nerves the lapse of even that short time
was trying—when, instead of the expected footsteps, the stage-coach could be
heard descending the hill. She knew that Tina would not show himself till the
road was clear, and waited impatiently for the coach to pass. Nearing the
corner where she was it slackened speed, and, instead of going by as usual,
drew up within a few yards of her. A passenger alighted, and she heard his
voice. It was Humphrey Gould’s.
He had brought a friend with him, and luggage. The luggage was
deposited on the grass, and the coach went on its route to the royal
watering-place.
‘I wonder where that young man is with the horse and trap?’ said
her former admirer to his companion. ‘I hope we shan’t have to wait here long.
I told him half-past nine o’clock precisely.’
‘Have you got her present safe?’
‘Phyllis’s? O, yes. It is in this trunk. I hope it will please
her.’
‘Of course it will. What woman would not be pleased with such a
handsome peace-offering?’
‘Well—she deserves it. I’ve treated her rather badly. But she has
been in my mind these last two days much more than I should care to confess to
everybody. Ah, well; I’ll say no more about that. It cannot be that she is so
bad as they make out. I am quite sure that a girl of her good wit would know
better than to get entangled with any of those Hanoverian soldiers. I won’t
believe it of her, and there’s an end on’t.’
More words in the same strain were casually dropped as the two men
waited; words which revealed to her, as by a sudden illumination, the enormity
of her conduct. The conversation was at length cut off by the arrival of the
man with the vehicle. The luggage was placed in it, and they mounted, and were
driven on in the direction from which she had just come.
Phyllis was so conscience-stricken that she was at first inclined
to follow them; but a moment’s reflection led her to feel that it would only be
bare justice to Matthäus to wait till he arrived, and explain candidly that she
had changed her mind—difficult as the struggle would be when she stood face to
face with him. She bitterly reproached herself for having believed reports
which represented Humphrey Gould as false to his engagement, when, from what
she now heard from his own lips, she gathered that he had been living full of
trust in her. But she knew well enough who had won her love. Without him her
life seemed a dreary prospect, yet the more she looked at his proposal the more
she feared to accept it—so wild as it was, so vague, so venturesome. She had
promised Humphrey Gould, and it was only his assumed faithlessness which had
led her to treat that promise as nought. His solicitude in bringing her these
gifts touched her; her promise must be kept, and esteem must take the place of
love. She would preserve her self-respect. She would stay at home, and marry
him, and suffer.
Phyllis had thus braced herself to an exceptional fortitude when,
a few minutes later, the outline of Matthäus Tina appeared behind a field-gate,
over which he lightly leapt as she stepped forward. There was no evading it, he
pressed her to his breast.
‘It is the first and last time!’ she wildly thought as she stood
encircled by his arms.
How Phyllis got through the terrible ordeal of that night she could
never clearly recollect. She always attributed her success in carrying out her
resolve to her lover’s honour, for as soon as she declared to him in feeble
words that she had changed her mind, and felt that she could not, dared not,
fly with him, he forbore to urge her, grieved as he was at her decision.
Unscrupulous pressure on his part, seeing how romantically she had become
attached to him, would no doubt have turned the balance in his favour. But he
did nothing to tempt her unduly or unfairly.
On her side, fearing for his safety, she begged him to remain.
This, he declared, could not be. ‘I cannot break faith with my friend,’ said
he. Had he stood alone he would have abandoned his plan. But Christoph, with
the boat and compass and chart, was waiting on the shore; the tide would soon
turn; his mother had been warned of his coming; go he must.
Many precious minutes were lost while he tarried, unable to tear
himself away. Phyllis held to her resolve, though it cost her many a bitter
pang. At last they parted, and he went down the hill. Before his footsteps had
quite died away she felt a desire to behold at least his outline once more, and
running noiselessly after him regained view of his diminishing figure. For one
moment she was sufficiently excited to be on the point of rushing forward and
linking her fate with his. But she could not. The courage which at the critical
instant failed Cleopatra of Egypt could scarcely be expected of Phyllis Grove.
A dark shape, similar to his own, joined him in the highway. It
was Christoph, his friend. She could see no more; they had hastened on in the
direction of the town and harbour, four miles ahead. With a feeling akin to
despair she turned and slowly pursued her way homeward.
Tattoo sounded in the camp; but there was no camp for her now. It
was as dead as the camp of the Assyrians after the passage of the Destroying
Angel.
She noiselessly entered the house, seeing nobody, and went to bed.
Grief, which kept her awake at first, ultimately wrapped her in a heavy sleep.
The next morning her father met her at the foot of the stairs.
‘Mr. Gould is come!’ he said triumphantly.
Humphrey was staying at the inn, and had already called to inquire
for her. He had brought her a present of a very handsome looking-glass in a
frame of repoussé silverwork, which her father held in his
hand. He had promised to call again in the course of an hour, to ask Phyllis to
walk with him.
Pretty mirrors were rarer in country-houses at that day than they
are now, and the one before her won Phyllis’s admiration. She looked into it,
saw how heavy her eyes were, and endeavoured to brighten them. She was in that
wretched state of mind which leads a woman to move mechanically onward in what
she conceives to be her allotted path. Mr. Humphrey had, in his undemonstrative
way, been adhering all along to the old understanding; it was for her to do the
same, and to say not a word of her own lapse. She put on her bonnet and tippet,
and when he arrived at the hour named she was at the door awaiting him.
CHAPTER V
Phyllis thanked him for his beautiful gift; but the talking was
soon entirely on Humphrey’s side as they walked along. He told her of the
latest movements of the world of fashion—a subject which she willingly
discussed to the exclusion of anything more personal—and his measured language
helped to still her disquieted heart and brain. Had not her own sadness been
what it was she must have observed his embarrassment. At last he abruptly
changed the subject.
‘I am glad you are pleased with my little present,’ he said. ‘The
truth is that I brought it to propitiate ’ee, and to get you to help me out of
a mighty difficulty.’
It was inconceivable to Phyllis that this independent
bachelor—whom she admired in some respects—could have a difficulty.
‘Phyllis—I’ll tell you my secret at once; for I have a monstrous
secret to confide before I can ask your counsel. The case is, then, that I am
married: yes, I have privately married a dear young belle; and if you knew her,
and I hope you will, you would say everything in her praise. But she is not
quite the one that my father would have chose for me—you know the paternal idea
as well as I—and I have kept it secret. There will be a terrible noise, no
doubt; but I think that with your help I may get over it. If you would only do
me this good turn—when I have told my father, I mean—say that you never could
have married me, you know, or something of that sort—’pon my life it will help
to smooth the way vastly. I am so anxious to win him round to my point of view,
and not to cause any estrangement.’
What Phyllis replied she scarcely knew, or how she counselled him
as to his unexpected situation. Yet the relief that his announcement brought
her was perceptible. To have confided her trouble in return was what her aching
heart longed to do; and had Humphrey been a woman she would instantly have
poured out her tale. But to him she feared to confess; and there was a real
reason for silence, till a sufficient time had elapsed to allow her lover and
his comrade to get out of harm’s way.
As soon as she reached home again she sought a solitary place, and
spent the time in half regretting that she had not gone away, and in dreaming
over the meetings with Matthäus Tina from their beginning to their end. In his
own country, amongst his own countrywomen, he would possibly soon forget her,
even to her very name.
Her listlessness was such that she did not go out of the house for
several days. There came a morning which broke in fog and mist, behind which
the dawn could be discerned in greenish grey; and the outlines of the tents,
and the rows of horses at the ropes. The smoke from the canteen fires drooped
heavily.
The spot at the bottom of the garden where she had been accustomed
to climb the wall to meet Matthäus, was the only inch of English ground in
which she took any interest; and in spite of the disagreeable haze prevailing
she walked out there till she reached the well-known corner. Every blade of
grass was weighted with little liquid globes, and slugs and snails had crept
out upon the plots. She could hear the usual faint noises from the camp, and in
the other direction the trot of farmers on the road to the town, for it was
market-day. She observed that her frequent visits to this corner had quite
trodden down the grass in the angle of the wall, and left marks of garden soil
on the stepping-stones by which she had mounted to look over the top. Seldom
having gone there till dusk, she had not considered that her traces might be
visible by day. Perhaps it was these which had revealed her trysts to her
father.
While she paused in melancholy regard, she fancied that the
customary sounds from the tents were changing their character. Indifferent as
Phyllis was to camp doings now, she mounted by the steps to the old place. What
she beheld at first awed and perplexed her; then she stood rigid, her fingers
hooked to the wall, her eyes staring out of her head, and her face as if
hardened to stone.
On the open green stretching before her all the regiments in the
camp were drawn up in line, in the mid-front of which two empty coffins lay on
the ground. The unwonted sounds which she had noticed came from an advancing
procession. It consisted of the band of the York Hussars playing a dead march;
next two soldiers of that regiment in a mourning coach, guarded on each side,
and accompanied by two priests. Behind came a crowd of rustics who had been
attracted by the event. The melancholy procession marched along the front of
the line, returned to the centre, and halted beside the coffins, where the two
condemned men were blindfolded, and each placed kneeling on his coffin; a few
minutes pause was now given, while they prayed.
A firing-party of twenty-four men stood ready with levelled
carbines. The commanding officer, who had his sword drawn, waved it through
some cuts of the sword-exercise till he reached the downward stroke, whereat
the firing-party discharged their volley. The two victims fell, one upon his
face across his coffin, the other backwards.
As the volley resounded there arose a shriek from the wall of Dr.
Grove’s garden, and some one fell down inside; but nobody among the spectators
without noticed it at the time. The two executed Hussars were Matthäus Tina and
his friend Christoph. The soldiers on guard placed the bodies in the coffins
almost instantly; but the colonel of the regiment, an Englishman, rode up and
exclaimed in a stern voice: ‘Turn them out—as an example to the men!’
The coffins were lifted endwise, and the dead Germans flung out
upon their faces on the grass. Then all the regiments wheeled in sections, and
marched past the spot in slow time. When the survey was over the corpses were
again coffined, and borne away.
Meanwhile Dr. Grove, attracted by the noise of the volley, had
rushed out into his garden, where he saw his wretched daughter lying motionless
against the wall. She was taken indoors, but it was long before she recovered
consciousness; and for weeks they despaired of her reason.
It transpired that the luckless deserters from the York Hussars
had cut the boat from her moorings in the adjacent harbour, according to their
plan, and, with two other comrades who were smarting under ill-treatment from
their colonel, had sailed in safety across the Channel. But mistaking their
bearings they steered into Jersey, thinking that island the French coast. Here
they were perceived to be deserters, and delivered up to the authorities.
Matthäus and Christoph interceded for the other two at the court-martial,
saying that it was entirely by the former’s representations that these were
induced to go. Their sentence was accordingly commuted to flogging, the death
punishment being reserved for their leaders.
The visitor to the well-known old Georgian watering-place, who may
care to ramble to the neighbouring village under the hills, and examine the
register of burials, will there find two entries in these words:—
‘Matth:—Tina (Corpl.) in
His Majesty’s Regmt. of York Hussars, and Shot for Desertion, was Buried June
30th, 1801, aged 22 years. Born in the town of Sarrbruk, Germany.
‘Christoph Bless,
belonging to His Majesty’s Regmt. of York Hussars, who was Shot for Desertion,
was Buried June 30th, 1801, aged 22 years. Born at Lothaargen, Alsatia.’
Their graves were dug at the back of the little church, near the
wall. There is no memorial to mark the spot, but Phyllis pointed it out to me.
While she lived she used to keep their mounds neat; but now they are overgrown
with nettles, and sunk nearly flat. The older villagers, however, who know of
the episode from their parents, still recollect the place where the soldiers
lie. Phyllis lies near.
October 1889.
‘Talking of Exhibitions, World’s Fairs, and what not,’ said the
old gentleman, ‘I would not go round the corner to see a dozen of them
nowadays. The only exhibition that ever made, or ever will make, any impression
upon my imagination was the first of the series, the parent of them all, and
now a thing of old times—the Great Exhibition of 1851, in Hyde Park, London.
None of the younger generation can realize the sense of novelty it produced in
us who were then in our prime. A noun substantive went so far as to become an
adjective in honour of the occasion. It was “exhibition” hat, “exhibition”
razor-strop, “exhibition” watch; nay, even “exhibition” weather, “exhibition”
spirits, sweethearts, babies, wives—for the time.
‘For South Wessex, the year formed in many ways an extraordinary
chronological frontier or transit-line, at which there occurred what one might
call a precipice in Time. As in a geological “fault,” we had presented to us a
sudden bringing of ancient and modern into absolute contact, such as probably
in no other single year since the Conquest was ever witnessed in this part of
the country.’
These observations led us onward to talk of the different
personages, gentle and simple, who lived and moved within our narrow and
peaceful horizon at that time; and of three people in particular, whose queer
little history was oddly touched at points by the Exhibition, more concerned
with it than that of anybody else who dwelt in those outlying shades of the
world, Stickleford, Mellstock, and Egdon. First in prominence among these three
came Wat Ollamoor—if that were his real name—whom the seniors in our party had
known well.
He was a woman’s man, they said,—supremely so—externally little
else. To men he was not attractive; perhaps a little repulsive at times.
Musician, dandy, and company-man in practice; veterinary surgeon in theory, he
lodged awhile in Mellstock village, coming from nobody knew where; though some
said his first appearance in this neighbourhood had been as fiddle-player in a
show at Greenhill Fair.
Many a worthy villager envied him his power over unsophisticated
maidenhood—a power which seemed sometimes to have a touch of the weird and
wizardly in it. Personally he was not ill-favoured, though rather un-English,
his complexion being a rich olive, his rank hair dark and rather clammy—made
still clammier by secret ointments, which, when he came fresh to a party,
caused him to smell like ‘boys’-love’ (southernwood) steeped in lamp-oil. On
occasion he wore curls—a double row—running almost horizontally around his
head. But as these were sometimes noticeably absent, it was concluded that they
were not altogether of Nature’s making. By girls whose love for him had turned
to hatred he had been nicknamed ‘Mop,’ from this abundance of hair, which was
long enough to rest upon his shoulders; as time passed the name more and more
prevailed.
His fiddling possibly had the most to do with the fascination he
exercised, for, to speak fairly, it could claim for itself a most peculiar and
personal quality, like that in a moving preacher. There were tones in it which
bred the immediate conviction that indolence and averseness to systematic
application were all that lay between ‘Mop’ and the career of a second
Paganini.
While playing he invariably closed his eyes; using no notes, and,
as it were, allowing the violin to wander on at will into the most plaintive
passages ever heard by rustic man. There was a certain lingual character in the
supplicatory expressions he produced, which would well nigh have drawn an ache
from the heart of a gate-post. He could make any child in the parish, who was
at all sensitive to music, burst into tears in a few minutes by simply fiddling
one of the old dance-tunes he almost entirely affected—country jigs, reels, and
‘Favourite Quick Steps’ of the last century—some mutilated remains of which
even now reappear as nameless phantoms in new quadrilles and gallops, where
they are recognized only by the curious, or by such old-fashioned and
far-between people as have been thrown with men like Wat Ollamoor in their
early life.
His date was a little later than that of the old Mellstock
quire-band which comprised the Dewys, Mail, and the rest—in fact, he did not
rise above the horizon thereabout till those well-known musicians were
disbanded as ecclesiastical functionaries. In their honest love of thoroughness
they despised the new man’s style. Theophilus Dewy (Reuben the tranter’s
younger brother) used to say there was no ‘plumness’ in it—no bowing, no
solidity—it was all fantastical. And probably this was true. Anyhow, Mop had,
very obviously, never bowed a note of church-music from his birth; he never
once sat in the gallery of Mellstock church where the others had tuned their
venerable psalmody so many hundreds of times; had never, in all likelihood,
entered a church at all. All were devil’s tunes in his repertory. ‘He could no
more play the Wold Hundredth to his true time than he could play the brazen
serpent,’ the tranter would say. (The brazen serpent was supposed in Mellstock
to be a musical instrument particularly hard to blow.)
Occasionally Mop could produce the aforesaid moving effect upon
the souls of grown-up persons, especially young women of fragile and responsive
organization. Such an one was Car’line Aspent. Though she was already engaged
to be married before she met him, Car’line, of them all, was the most
influenced by Mop Ollamoor’s heart-stealing melodies, to her discomfort, nay,
positive pain and ultimate injury. She was a pretty, invocating, weak-mouthed
girl, whose chief defect as a companion with her sex was a tendency to
peevishness now and then. At this time she was not a resident in Mellstock
parish where Mop lodged, but lived some miles off at Stickleford, farther down
the river.
How and where she first made acquaintance with him and his
fiddling is not truly known, but the story was that it either began or was
developed on one spring evening, when, in passing through Lower Mellstock, she
chanced to pause on the bridge near his house to rest herself, and languidly
leaned over the parapet. Mop was standing on his door-step, as was his custom,
spinning the insidious thread of semi- and demi-semi-quavers from the E string
of his fiddle for the benefit of passers-by, and laughing as the tears rolled
down the cheeks of the little children hanging around him. Car’line pretended
to be engrossed with the rippling of the stream under the arches, but in
reality she was listening, as he knew. Presently the aching of the heart seized
her simultaneously with a wild desire to glide airily in the mazes of an
infinite dance. To shake off the fascination she resolved to go on, although it
would be necessary to pass him as he played. On stealthily glancing ahead at
the performer, she found to her relief that his eyes were closed in abandonment
to instrumentation, and she strode on boldly. But when closer her step grew
timid, her tread convulsed itself more and more accordantly with the time of
the melody, till she very nearly danced along. Gaining another glance at him
when immediately opposite, she saw that one of his eyes was
open, quizzing her as he smiled at her emotional state. Her gait could not
divest itself of its compelled capers till she had gone a long way past the house;
and Car’line was unable to shake off the strange infatuation for hours.
After that day, whenever there was to be in the neighbourhood a
dance to which she could get an invitation, and where Mop Ollamoor was to be
the musician, Car’line contrived to be present, though it sometimes involved a
walk of several miles; for he did not play so often in Stickleford as
elsewhere.
The next evidences of his influence over her were singular enough,
and it would require a neurologist to fully explain them. She would be sitting
quietly, any evening after dark, in the house of her father, the parish clerk,
which stood in the middle of Stickleford village street, this being the
highroad between Lower Mellstock and Moreford, five miles eastward. Here,
without a moment’s warning, and in the midst of a general conversation between
her father, sister, and the young man before alluded to, who devotedly wooed
her in ignorance of her infatuation, she would start from her seat in the
chimney-corner as if she had received a galvanic shock, and spring convulsively
towards the ceiling; then she would burst into tears, and it was not till some
half-hour had passed that she grew calm as usual. Her father, knowing her
hysterical tendencies, was always excessively anxious about this trait in his
youngest girl, and feared the attack to be a species of epileptic fit. Not so
her sister Julia. Julia had found out what was the cause. At the moment before
the jumping, only an exceptionally sensitive ear situated in the chimney-nook
could have caught from down the flue the beat of a man’s footstep along the
highway without. But it was in that footfall, for which she had been waiting,
that the origin of Car’line’s involuntary springing lay. The pedestrian was Mop
Ollamoor, as the girl well knew; but his business that way was not to visit
her; he sought another woman whom he spoke of as his Intended, and who lived at
Moreford, two miles farther on. On one, and only one, occasion did it happen
that Car’line could not control her utterance; it was when her sister alone
chanced to be present. ‘Oh—oh—oh—!’ she cried. ‘He’s going to her,
and not coming to me!’
To do the fiddler justice he had not at first thought greatly of,
or spoken much to, this girl of impressionable mould. But he had soon found out
her secret, and could not resist a little by-play with her too easily hurt
heart, as an interlude between his more serious performances at Moreford. The
two became well acquainted, though only by stealth, hardly a soul in
Stickleford except her sister, and her lover Ned Hipcroft, being aware of the
attachment. Her father disapproved of her coldness to Ned; her sister, too,
hoped she might get over this nervous passion for a man of whom so little was
known. The ultimate result was that Car’line’s manly and simple wooer Edward
found his suit becoming practically hopeless. He was a respectable mechanic, in
a far sounder position than Mop the nominal horse-doctor; but when, before
leaving her, Ned put his flat and final question, would she marry him, then and
there, now or never, it was with little expectation of obtaining more than the
negative she gave him. Though her father supported him and her sister supported
him, he could not play the fiddle so as to draw your soul out of your body like
a spider’s thread, as Mop did, till you felt as limp as withy-wind and yearned
for something to cling to. Indeed, Hipcroft had not the slightest ear for
music; could not sing two notes in tune, much less play them.
The No he had expected and got from her, in spite of a preliminary
encouragement, gave Ned a new start in life. It had been uttered in such a tone
of sad entreaty that he resolved to persecute her no more; she should not even
be distressed by a sight of his form in the distant perspective of the street
and lane. He left the place, and his natural course was to London.
The railway to South Wessex was in process of construction, but it
was not as yet opened for traffic; and Hipcroft reached the capital by a six
days’ trudge on foot, as many a better man had done before him. He was one of
the last of the artisan class who used that now extinct method of travel to the
great centres of labour, so customary then from time immemorial.
In London he lived and worked regularly at his trade. More
fortunate than many, his disinterested willingness recommended him from the
first. During the ensuing four years he was never out of employment. He neither
advanced nor receded in the modern sense; he improved as a workman, but he did
not shift one jot in social position. About his love for Car’line he maintained
a rigid silence. No doubt he often thought of her; but being always occupied,
and having no relations at Stickleford, he held no communication with that part
of the country, and showed no desire to return. In his quiet lodging in Lambeth
he moved about after working-hours with the facility of a woman, doing his own
cooking, attending to his stocking-heels, and shaping himself by degrees to a
life-long bachelorhood. For this conduct one is bound to advance the canonical
reason that time could not efface from his heart the image of little Car’line
Aspent—and it may be in part true; but there was also the inference that his
was a nature not greatly dependent upon the ministrations of the other sex for
its comforts.
The fourth year of his residence as a mechanic in London was the
year of the Hyde-Park Exhibition already mentioned, and at the construction of
this huge glass-house, then unexampled in the world’s history, he worked daily.
It was an era of great hope and activity among the nations and industries.
Though Hipcroft was, in his small way, a central man in the movement, he
plodded on with his usual outward placidity. Yet for him, too, the year was
destined to have its surprises, for when the bustle of getting the building
ready for the opening day was past, the ceremonies had been witnessed, and
people were flocking thither from all parts of the globe, he received a letter
from Car’line. Till that day the silence of four years between himself and
Stickleford had never been broken.
She informed her old lover, in an uncertain penmanship which
suggested a trembling hand, of the trouble she had been put to in ascertaining
his address, and then broached the subject which had prompted her to write.
Four years ago, she said with the greatest delicacy of which she was capable,
she had been so foolish as to refuse him. Her wilful wrong-headedness had since
been a grief to her many times, and of late particularly. As for Mr. Ollamoor,
he had been absent almost as long as Ned—she did not know where. She would
gladly marry Ned now if he were to ask her again, and be a tender little wife
to him till her life’s end.
A tide of warm feeling must have surged through Ned Hipcroft’s
frame on receipt of this news, if we may judge by the issue. Unquestionably he
loved her still, even if not to the exclusion of every other happiness. This
from his Car’line, she who had been dead to him these many years, alive to him
again as of old, was in itself a pleasant, gratifying thing. Ned had grown so
resigned to, or satisfied with, his lonely lot, that he probably would not have
shown much jubilation at anything. Still, a certain ardour of preoccupation,
after his first surprise, revealed how deeply her confession of faith in him
had stirred him. Measured and methodical in his ways, he did not answer the
letter that day, nor the next, nor the next. He was having ‘a good think.’ When
he did answer it, there was a great deal of sound reasoning mixed in with the
unmistakable tenderness of his reply; but the tenderness itself was sufficient
to reveal that he was pleased with her straightforward frankness; that the
anchorage she had once obtained in his heart was renewable, if it had not been
continuously firm.
He told her—and as he wrote his lips twitched humorously over the
few gentle words of raillery he indited among the rest of his sentences—that it
was all very well for her to come round at this time of day. Why wouldn’t she
have him when he wanted her? She had no doubt learned that he was not married,
but suppose his affections had since been fixed on another? She ought to beg
his pardon. Still, he was not the man to forget her. But considering how he had
been used, and what he had suffered, she could not quite expect him to go down
to Stickleford and fetch her. But if she would come to him, and say she was
sorry, as was only fair; why, yes, he would marry her, knowing what a good
little woman she was at the core. He added that the request for her to come to
him was a less one to make than it would have been when he first left
Stickleford, or even a few months ago; for the new railway into South Wessex
was now open, and there had just begun to be run wonderfully contrived special
trains, called excursion-trains, on account of the Great Exhibition; so that
she could come up easily alone.
She said in her reply how good it was of him to treat her so
generously, after her hot and cold treatment of him; that though she felt
frightened at the magnitude of the journey, and was never as yet in a
railway-train, having only seen one pass at a distance, she embraced his offer
with all her heart; and would, indeed, own to him how sorry she was, and beg
his pardon, and try to be a good wife always, and make up for lost time.
The remaining details of when and where were soon settled,
Car’line informing him, for her ready identification in the crowd, that she
would be wearing ‘my new sprigged-laylock cotton gown,’ and Ned gaily
responding that, having married her the morning after her arrival, he would
make a day of it by taking her to the Exhibition. One early summer afternoon,
accordingly, he came from his place of work, and hastened towards Waterloo
Station to meet her. It was as wet and chilly as an English June day can
occasionally be, but as he waited on the platform in the drizzle he glowed
inwardly, and seemed to have something to live for again.
The ‘excursion-train’—an absolutely new departure in the history
of travel—was still a novelty on the Wessex line, and probably everywhere.
Crowds of people had flocked to all the stations on the way up to witness the
unwonted sight of so long a train’s passage, even where they did not take
advantage of the opportunity it offered. The seats for the humbler class of
travellers in these early experiments in steam-locomotion, were open trucks,
without any protection whatever from the wind and rain; and damp weather having
set in with the afternoon, the unfortunate occupants of these vehicles were, on
the train drawing up at the London terminus, found to be in a pitiable
condition from their long journey; blue-faced, stiff-necked, sneezing,
rain-beaten, chilled to the marrow, many of the men being hatless; in fact,
they resembled people who had been out all night in an open boat on a rough
sea, rather than inland excursionists for pleasure. The women had in some
degree protected themselves by turning up the skirts of their gowns over their
heads, but as by this arrangement they were additionally exposed about the
hips, they were all more or less in a sorry plight.
In the bustle and crush of alighting forms of both sexes which
followed the entry of the huge concatenation into the station, Ned Hipcroft
soon discerned the slim little figure his eye was in search of, in the sprigged
lilac, as described. She came up to him with a frightened smile—still pretty,
though so damp, weather-beaten, and shivering from long exposure to the wind.
‘O Ned!’ she sputtered, ‘I—I—’ He clasped her in his arms and
kissed her, whereupon she burst into a flood of tears.
‘You are wet, my poor dear! I hope you’ll not get cold,’ he said.
And surveying her and her multifarious surrounding packages, he noticed that by
the hand she led a toddling child—a little girl of three or so—whose hood was
as clammy and tender face as blue as those of the other travellers.
‘Who is this—somebody you know?’ asked Ned curiously.
‘Yes, Ned. She’s mine.’
‘Yours?’
‘Yes—my own!’
‘Your own child?’
‘Yes!’
‘Well—as God’s in—’
‘Ned, I didn’t name it in my letter, because, you see, it would
have been so hard to explain! I thought that when we met I could tell you how
she happened to be born, so much better than in writing! I hope you’ll excuse
it this once, dear Ned, and not scold me, now I’ve come so many, many miles!’
‘This means Mr. Mop Ollamoor, I reckon!’ said Hipcroft, gazing
palely at them from the distance of the yard or two to which he had withdrawn
with a start.
Car’line gasped. ‘But he’s been gone away for years!’ she
supplicated. ‘And I never had a young man before! And I was so onlucky to be
catched the first time, though some of the girls down there go on like
anything!’
Ned remained in silence, pondering.
‘You’ll forgive me, dear Ned?’ she added, beginning to sob
outright. ‘I haven’t taken ’ee in after all, because—because you can pack us
back again, if you want to; though ’tis hundreds o’ miles, and so wet, and
night a-coming on, and I with no money!’
‘What the devil can I do!’ Hipcroft groaned.
A more pitiable picture than the pair of helpless creatures
presented was never seen on a rainy day, as they stood on the great, gaunt,
puddled platform, a whiff of drizzle blowing under the roof upon them now and
then; the pretty attire in which they had started from Stickleford in the early
morning bemuddled and sodden, weariness on their faces, and fear of him in
their eyes; for the child began to look as if she thought she too had done some
wrong, remaining in an appalled silence till the tears rolled down her chubby
cheeks.
‘What’s the matter, my little maid?’ said Ned mechanically.
‘I do want to go home!’ she let out, in tones that told of a bursting
heart. ‘And my totties be cold, an’ I shan’t have no bread an’ butter no more!’
‘I don’t know what to say to it all!’ declared Ned, his own eye
moist as he turned and walked a few steps with his head down; then regarded
them again point blank. From the child escaped troubled breaths and silently
welling tears.
‘Want some bread and butter, do ’ee?’ he said, with factitious
hardness.
‘Ye-e-s!’
‘Well, I daresay I can get ’ee a bit! Naturally, you must want
some. And you, too, for that matter, Car’line.’
‘I do feel a little hungered. But I can keep it off,’ she
murmured.
‘Folk shouldn’t do that,’ he said gruffly. . . . ‘There come
along!’ he caught up the child, as he added, ‘You must bide here to-night,
anyhow, I s’pose! What can you do otherwise? I’ll get ’ee some tea and
victuals; and as for this job, I’m sure I don’t know what to say! This is the
way out.’
They pursued their way, without speaking, to Ned’s lodgings, which
were not far off. There he dried them and made them comfortable, and prepared
tea; they thankfully sat down. The ready-made household of which he suddenly
found himself the head imparted a cosy aspect to his room, and a paternal one
to himself. Presently he turned to the child and kissed her now blooming
cheeks; and, looking wistfully at Car’line, kissed her also.
‘I don’t see how I can send ’ee back all them miles,’ he growled,
‘now you’ve come all the way o’ purpose to join me. But you must trust me,
Car’line, and show you’ve real faith in me. Well, do you feel better now, my
little woman?’
The child nodded, her mouth being otherwise occupied.
‘I did trust you, Ned, in coming; and I shall always!’
Thus, without any definite agreement to forgive her, he tacitly
acquiesced in the fate that Heaven had sent him; and on the day of their marriage
(which was not quite so soon as he had expected it could be, on account of the
time necessary for banns) he took her to the Exhibition when they came back
from church, as he had promised. While standing near a large mirror in one of
the courts devoted to furniture, Car’line started, for in the glass appeared
the reflection of a form exactly resembling Mop Ollamoor’s—so exactly, that it
seemed impossible to believe anybody but that artist in person to be the
original. On passing round the objects which hemmed in Ned, her, and the child
from a direct view, no Mop was to be seen. Whether he were really in London or
not at that time was never known; and Car’line always stoutly denied that her
readiness to go and meet Ned in town arose from any rumour that Mop had also
gone thither; which denial there was no reasonable ground for doubting.
And then the year glided away, and the Exhibition folded itself up
and became a thing of the past. The park trees that had been enclosed for six
months were again exposed to the winds and storms, and the sod grew green anew.
Ned found that Car’line resolved herself into a very good wife and companion,
though she had made herself what is called cheap to him; but in that she was
like another domestic article, a cheap tea-pot, which often brews better tea
than a dear one. One autumn Hipcroft found himself with but little work to do,
and a prospect of less for the winter. Both being country born and bred, they
fancied they would like to live again in their natural atmosphere. It was
accordingly decided between them that they should leave the pent-up London
lodging, and that Ned should seek out employment near his native place, his
wife and her daughter staying with Car’line’s father during the search for
occupation and an abode of their own.
Tinglings of pleasure pervaded Car’line’s spasmodic little frame
as she journeyed down with Ned to the place she had left two or three years
before, in silence and under a cloud. To return to where she had once been
despised, a smiling London wife with a distinct London accent, was a triumph
which the world did not witness every day.
The train did not stop at the petty roadside station that lay
nearest to Stickleford, and the trio went on to Casterbridge. Ned thought it a
good opportunity to make a few preliminary inquiries for employment at
workshops in the borough where he had been known; and feeling cold from her
journey, and it being dry underfoot and only dusk as yet, with a moon on the
point of rising, Car’line and her little girl walked on toward Stickleford,
leaving Ned to follow at a quicker pace, and pick her up at a certain half-way
house, widely known as an inn.
The woman and child pursued the well-remembered way comfortably
enough, though they were both becoming wearied. In the course of three miles
they had passed Heedless-William’s Pond, the familiar landmark by Bloom’s End,
and were drawing near the Quiet Woman Inn, a lone roadside hostel on the lower
verge of the Egdon Heath, since and for many years abolished. In stepping up towards
it Car’line heard more voices within than had formerly been customary at such
an hour, and she learned that an auction of fat stock had been held near the
spot that afternoon. The child would be the better for a rest as well as
herself, she thought, and she entered.
The guests and customers overflowed into the passage, and Car’line
had no sooner crossed the threshold than a man whom she remembered by sight
came forward with glass and mug in his hands towards a friend leaning against
the wall; but, seeing her, very gallantly offered her a drink of the liquor,
which was gin-and-beer hot, pouring her out a tumblerful and saying, in a
moment or two: ‘Surely, ’tis little Car’line Aspent that was—down at
Stickleford?’
She assented, and, though she did not exactly want this beverage,
she drank it since it was offered, and her entertainer begged her to come in
farther and sit down. Once within the room she found that all the persons
present were seated close against the walls, and there being a chair vacant she
did the same. An explanation of their position occurred the next moment. In the
opposite corner stood Mop, rosining his bow and looking just the same as ever.
The company had cleared the middle of the room for dancing, and they were about
to dance again. As she wore a veil to keep off the wind she did not think he
had recognized her, or could possibly guess the identity of the child; and to
her satisfied surprise she found that she could confront him quite
calmly—mistress of herself in the dignity her London life had given her. Before
she had quite emptied her glass the dance was called, the dancers formed in two
lines, the music sounded, and the figure began.
Then matters changed for Car’line. A tremor quickened itself to
life in her, and her hand so shook that she could hardly set down her glass. It
was not the dance nor the dancers, but the notes of that old violin which
thrilled the London wife, these having still all the witchery that she had so
well known of yore, and under which she had used to lose her power of
independent will. How it all came back! There was the fiddling figure against
the wall; the large, oily, mop-like head of him, and beneath the mop the face
with closed eyes.
After the first moments of paralyzed reverie the familiar tune in
the familiar rendering made her laugh and shed tears simultaneously. Then a man
at the bottom of the dance, whose partner had dropped away, stretched out his
hand and beckoned to her to take the place. She did not want to dance; she
entreated by signs to be left where she was, but she was entreating of the tune
and its player rather than of the dancing man. The saltatory tendency which the
fiddler and his cunning instrument had ever been able to start in her was
seizing Car’line just as it had done in earlier years, possibly assisted by the
gin-and-beer hot. Tired as she was she grasped her little girl by the hand, and
plunging in at the bottom of the figure, whirled about with the rest. She found
that her companions were mostly people of the neighbouring hamlets and
farms—Bloom’s End, Mellstock, Lewgate, and elsewhere; and by degrees she was
recognized as she convulsively danced on, wishing that Mop would cease and let
her heart rest from the aching he caused, and her feet also.
After long and many minutes the dance ended, when she was urged to
fortify herself with more gin-and-beer; which she did, feeling very weak and
overpowered with hysteric emotion. She refrained from unveiling, to keep Mop in
ignorance of her presence, if possible. Several of the guests having left,
Car’line hastily wiped her lips and also turned to go; but, according to the
account of some who remained, at that very moment a five-handed reel was
proposed, in which two or three begged her to join.
She declined on the plea of being tired and having to walk to
Stickleford, when Mop began aggressively tweedling ‘My Fancy-Lad,’ in D major,
as the air to which the reel was to be footed. He must have recognized her,
though she did not know it, for it was the strain of all seductive strains
which she was least able to resist—the one he had played when she was leaning
over the bridge at the date of their first acquaintance. Car’line stepped
despairingly into the middle of the room with the other four.
Reels were resorted to hereabouts at this time by the more robust
spirits, for the reduction of superfluous energy which the ordinary
figure-dances were not powerful enough to exhaust. As everybody knows, or does
not know, the five reelers stood in the form of a cross, the reel being
performed by each line of three alternately, the persons who successively came
to the middle place dancing in both directions. Car’line soon found herself in
this place, the axis of the whole performance, and could not get out of it, the
tune turning into the first part without giving her opportunity. And now she
began to suspect that Mop did know her, and was doing this on purpose, though
whenever she stole a glance at him his closed eyes betokened obliviousness to
everything outside his own brain. She continued to wend her way through the
figure of 8 that was formed by her course, the fiddler introducing into his
notes the wild and agonizing sweetness of a living voice in one too highly
wrought; its pathos running high and running low in endless variation,
projecting through her nerves excruciating spasms, a sort of blissful torture.
The room swam, the tune was endless; and in about a quarter of an hour the only
other woman in the figure dropped out exhausted, and sank panting on a bench.
The reel instantly resolved itself into a four-handed one.
Car’line would have given anything to leave off; but she had, or fancied she
had, no power, while Mop played such tunes; and thus another ten minutes
slipped by, a haze of dust now clouding the candles, the floor being of stone,
sanded. Then another dancer fell out—one of the men—and went into the passage,
in a frantic search for liquor. To turn the figure into a three-handed reel was
the work of a second, Mop modulating at the same time into ‘The Fairy Dance,’
as better suited to the contracted movement, and no less one of those foods of
love which, as manufactured by his bow, had always intoxicated her.
In a reel for three there was no rest whatever, and four or five
minutes were enough to make her remaining two partners, now thoroughly blown,
stamp their last bar and, like their predecessors, limp off into the next room
to get something to drink. Car’line, half-stifled inside her veil, was left
dancing alone, the apartment now being empty of everybody save herself, Mop,
and their little girl.
She flung up the veil, and cast her eyes upon him, as if imploring
him to withdraw himself and his acoustic magnetism from the atmosphere. Mop
opened one of his own orbs, as though for the first time, fixed it peeringly
upon her, and smiling dreamily, threw into his strains the reserve of
expression which he could not afford to waste on a big and noisy dance. Crowds
of little chromatic subtleties, capable of drawing tears from a statue,
proceeded straightway from the ancient fiddle, as if it were dying of the
emotion which had been pent up within it ever since its banishment from some
Italian city where it first took shape and sound. There was that in the look of
Mop’s one dark eye which said: ‘You cannot leave off, dear, whether you would
or no!’ and it bred in her a paroxysm of desperation that defied him to tire
her down.
She thus continued to dance alone, defiantly as she thought, but
in truth slavishly and abjectly, subject to every wave of the melody, and
probed by the gimlet-like gaze of her fascinator’s open eye; keeping up at the
same time a feeble smile in his face, as a feint to signify it was still her
own pleasure which led her on. A terrified embarrassment as to what she could
say to him if she were to leave off, had its unrecognized share in keeping her
going. The child, who was beginning to be distressed by the strange situation,
came up and said: ‘Stop, mother, stop, and let’s go home!’ as she seized
Car’line’s hand.
Suddenly Car’line sank staggering to the floor; and rolling over
on her face, prone she remained. Mop’s fiddle thereupon emitted an elfin shriek
of finality; stepping quickly down from the nine-gallon beer-cask which had
formed his rostrum, he went to the little girl, who disconsolately bent over
her mother.
The guests who had gone into the back-room for liquor and change
of air, hearing something unusual, trooped back hitherward, where they
endeavoured to revive poor, weak Car’line by blowing her with the bellows and
opening the window. Ned, her husband, who had been detained in Casterbridge, as
aforesaid, came along the road at this juncture, and hearing excited voices
through the open casement, and to his great surprise, the mention of his wife’s
name, he entered amid the rest upon the scene. Car’line was now in convulsions,
weeping violently, and for a long time nothing could be done with her. While he
was sending for a cart to take her onward to Stickleford Hipcroft anxiously
inquired how it had all happened; and then the assembly explained that a
fiddler formerly known in the locality had lately revisited his old haunts, and
had taken upon himself without invitation to play that evening at the inn.
Ned demanded the fiddler’s name, and they said Ollamoor.
‘Ah!’ exclaimed Ned, looking round him. ‘Where is he, and
where—where’s my little girl?’
Ollamoor had disappeared, and so had the child. Hipcroft was in
ordinary a quiet and tractable fellow, but a determination which was to be
feared settled in his face now. ‘Blast him!’ he cried. ‘I’ll beat his skull in
for’n, if I swing for it to-morrow!’
He had rushed to the poker which lay on the hearth, and hastened
down the passage, the people following. Outside the house, on the other side of
the highway, a mass of dark heath-land rose sullenly upward to its not easily
accessible interior, a ravined plateau, whereon jutted into the sky, at the
distance of a couple of miles, the fir-woods of Mistover backed by the Yalbury
coppices—a place of Dantesque gloom at this hour, which would have afforded
secure hiding for a battery of artillery, much less a man and a child.
Some other men plunged thitherward with him, and more went along
the road. They were gone about twenty minutes altogether, returning without
result to the inn. Ned sat down in the settle, and clasped his forehead with
his hands.
‘Well—what a fool the man is, and hev been all these years, if he
thinks the child his, as a’ do seem to!’ they whispered. ‘And everybody else
knowing otherwise!’
‘No, I don’t think ’tis mine!’ cried Ned hoarsely, as he looked up
from his hands. ‘But she is mine, all the same! Ha’n’t I nussed her? Ha’n’t I
fed her and teached her? Ha’n’t I played wi’ her? O, little Carry—gone with
that rogue—gone!’
‘You ha’n’t lost your mis’ess, anyhow,’ they said to console him.
‘She’s throwed up the sperrits, and she is feeling better, and she’s more to
’ee than a child that isn’t yours.’
‘She isn’t! She’s not so particular much to me, especially now
she’s lost the little maid! But Carry’s everything!’
‘Well, ver’ like you’ll find her to-morrow.’
‘Ah—but shall I? Yet he can’t hurt her—surely he
can’t! Well—how’s Car’line now? I am ready. Is the cart here?’
She was lifted into the vehicle, and they sadly lumbered on toward
Stickleford. Next day she was calmer; but the fits were still upon her; and her
will seemed shattered. For the child she appeared to show singularly little
anxiety, though Ned was nearly distracted. It was nevertheless quite expected
that the impish Mop would restore the lost one after a freak of a day or two;
but time went on, and neither he nor she could be heard of, and Hipcroft
murmured that perhaps he was exercising upon her some unholy musical charm, as
he had done upon Car’line herself. Weeks passed, and still they could obtain no
clue either to the fiddler’s whereabouts or the girl’s; and how he could have
induced her to go with him remained a mystery.
Then Ned, who had obtained only temporary employment in the
neighbourhood, took a sudden hatred toward his native district, and a rumour
reaching his ears through the police that a somewhat similar man and child had
been seen at a fair near London, he playing a violin, she dancing on stilts, a
new interest in the capital took possession of Hipcroft with an intensity which
would scarcely allow him time to pack before returning thither.
He did not, however, find the lost one, though he made it the
entire business of his over-hours to stand about in by-streets in the hope of
discovering her, and would start up in the night, saying, ‘That rascal’s
torturing her to maintain him!’ To which his wife would answer peevishly,
‘Don’t ’ee raft yourself so, Ned! You prevent my getting a bit o’ rest! He
won’t hurt her!’ and fall asleep again.
That Carry and her father had emigrated to America was the general
opinion; Mop, no doubt, finding the girl a highly desirable companion when he
had trained her to keep him by her earnings as a dancer. There, for that
matter, they may be performing in some capacity now, though he must be an old
scamp verging on threescore-and-ten, and she a woman of four-and-forty.
May 1893,
8.A TRADITION OF EIGHTEEN HUNDRED AND FOUR
The widely discussed possibility of an invasion of England through
a Channel tunnel has more than once recalled old Solomon Selby’s story to my
mind.
The occasion on which I numbered myself among his audience was one
evening when he was sitting in the yawning chimney-corner of the inn-kitchen,
with some others who had gathered there, and I entered for shelter from the
rain. Withdrawing the stem of his pipe from the dental notch in which it
habitually rested, he leaned back in the recess behind him and smiled into the
fire. The smile was neither mirthful nor sad, not precisely humorous nor
altogether thoughtful. We who knew him recognized it in a moment: it was his
narrative smile. Breaking off our few desultory remarks we drew up closer, and
he thus began:—
‘My father, as you mid know, was a shepherd all his life, and
lived out by the Cove four miles yonder, where I was born and lived likewise,
till I moved here shortly afore I was married. The cottage that first knew me stood
on the top of the down, near the sea; there was no house within a mile and a
half of it; it was built o’ purpose for the farm-shepherd, and had no other
use. They tell me that it is now pulled down, but that you can see where it
stood by the mounds of earth and a few broken bricks that are still lying
about. It was a bleak and dreary place in winter-time, but in summer it was
well enough, though the garden never came to much, because we could not get up
a good shelter for the vegetables and currant bushes; and where there is much
wind they don’t thrive.
‘Of all the years of my growing up the ones that bide clearest in
my mind were eighteen hundred and three, four, and five. This was for two
reasons: I had just then grown to an age when a child’s eyes and ears take in
and note down everything about him, and there was more at that date to bear in
mind than there ever has been since with me. It was, as I need hardly tell ye,
the time after the first peace, when Bonaparte was scheming his descent upon
England. He had crossed the great Alp mountains, fought in Egypt, drubbed the
Turks, the Austrians, and the Proossians, and now thought he’d have a slap at
us. On the other side of the Channel, scarce out of sight and hail of a man
standing on our English shore, the French army of a hundred and sixty thousand
men and fifteen thousand horses had been brought together from all parts, and
were drilling every day. Bonaparte had been three years a-making his
preparations; and to ferry these soldiers and cannon and horses across he had
contrived a couple of thousand flat-bottomed boats. These boats were small
things, but wonderfully built. A good few of ’em were so made as to have a
little stable on board each for the two horses that were to haul the cannon
carried at the stern. To get in order all these, and other things required, he
had assembled there five or six thousand fellows that worked at
trades—carpenters, blacksmiths, wheelwrights, saddlers, and what not. O ’twas a
curious time!
‘Every morning Neighbour Boney would muster his multitude of
soldiers on the beach, draw ’em up in line, practise ’em in the manoeuvre of
embarking, horses and all, till they could do it without a single hitch. My
father drove a flock of ewes up into Sussex that year, and as he went along the
drover’s track over the high downs thereabout he could see this drilling
actually going on—the accoutrements of the rank and file glittering in the sun
like silver. It was thought and always said by my uncle Job, sergeant of foot
(who used to know all about these matters), that Bonaparte meant to cross with
oars on a calm night. The grand query with us was, Where would my gentleman
land? Many of the common people thought it would be at Dover; others, who knew
how unlikely it was that any skilful general would make a business of landing
just where he was expected, said he’d go either east into the River Thames, or
west’ard to some convenient place, most likely one of the little bays inside
the Isle of Portland, between the Beal and St. Alban’s Head—and for choice the
three-quarter-round Cove, screened from every mortal eye, that seemed made o’
purpose, out by where we lived, and which I’ve climmed up with two tubs of
brandy across my shoulders on scores o’ dark nights in my younger days. Some
had heard that a part o’ the French fleet would sail right round Scotland, and
come up the Channel to a suitable haven. However, there was much doubt upon the
matter; and no wonder, for after-years proved that Bonaparte himself could
hardly make up his mind upon that great and very particular point, where to
land. His uncertainty came about in this wise, that he could get no news as to
where and how our troops lay in waiting, and that his knowledge of possible
places where flat-bottomed boats might be quietly run ashore, and the men they
brought marshalled in order, was dim to the last degree. Being flat-bottomed,
they didn’t require a harbour for unshipping their cargo of men, but a good
shelving beach away from sight, and with a fair open road toward London. How the
question posed that great Corsican tyrant (as we used to call him), what pains
he took to settle it, and, above all, what a risk he ran on one particular
night in trying to do so, were known only to one man here and there; and
certainly to no maker of newspapers or printer of books, or my account o’t
would not have had so many heads shaken over it as it has by gentry who only
believe what they see in printed lines.
‘The flocks my father had charge of fed all about the downs near
our house, overlooking the sea and shore each way for miles. In winter and
early spring father was up a deal at nights, watching and tending the lambing.
Often he’d go to bed early, and turn out at twelve or one; and on the other
hand, he’d sometimes stay up till twelve or one, and then turn in to bed. As
soon as I was old enough I used to help him, mostly in the way of keeping an
eye upon the ewes while he was gone home to rest. This is what I was doing in a
particular month in either the year four or five—I can’t certainly fix which,
but it was long before I was took away from the sheepkeeping to be bound
prentice to a trade. Every night at that time I was at the fold, about half a
mile, or it may be a little more, from our cottage, and no living thing at all
with me but the ewes and young lambs. Afeard? No; I was never afeard of being
alone at these times; for I had been reared in such an out-step place that the
lack o’ human beings at night made me less fearful than the sight of ’em.
Directly I saw a man’s shape after dark in a lonely place I was frightened out
of my senses.
‘One day in that month we were surprised by a visit from my uncle
Job, the sergeant in the Sixty-first foot, then in camp on the downs above King
George’s watering-place, several miles to the west yonder. Uncle Job dropped in
about dusk, and went up with my father to the fold for an hour or two. Then he
came home, had a drop to drink from the tub of sperrits that the smugglers kept
us in for housing their liquor when they’d made a run, and for burning ’em off when
there was danger. After that he stretched himself out on the settle to sleep. I
went to bed: at one o’clock father came home, and waking me to go and take his
place, according to custom, went to bed himself. On my way out of the house I
passed Uncle Job on the settle. He opened his eyes, and upon my telling him
where I was going he said it was a shame that such a youngster as I should go
up there all alone; and when he had fastened up his stock and waist-belt he set
off along with me, taking a drop from the sperrit-tub in a little flat bottle
that stood in the corner-cupboard.
‘By and by we drew up to the fold, saw that all was right, and
then, to keep ourselves warm, curled up in a heap of straw that lay inside the
thatched hurdles we had set up to break the stroke of the wind when there was
any. To-night, however, there was none. It was one of those very still nights
when, if you stand on the high hills anywhere within two or three miles of the
sea, you can hear the rise and fall of the tide along the shore, coming and
going every few moments like a sort of great snore of the sleeping world. Over
the lower ground there was a bit of a mist, but on the hill where we lay the
air was clear, and the moon, then in her last quarter, flung a fairly good
light on the grass and scattered straw.
‘While we lay there Uncle Job amused me by telling me strange
stories of the wars he had served in and the wounds he had got. He had already
fought the French in the Low Countries, and hoped to fight ’em again. His
stories lasted so long that at last I was hardly sure that I was not a soldier
myself, and had seen such service as he told of. The wonders of his tales quite
bewildered my mind, till I fell asleep and dreamed of battle, smoke, and flying
soldiers, all of a kind with the doings he had been bringing up to me.
‘How long my nap lasted I am not prepared to say. But some faint
sounds over and above the rustle of the ewes in the straw, the bleat of the
lambs, and the tinkle of the sheep-bell brought me to my waking senses. Uncle
Job was still beside me; but he too had fallen asleep. I looked out from the
straw, and saw what it was that had aroused me. Two men, in boat-cloaks, cocked
hats, and swords, stood by the hurdles about twenty yards off.
‘I turned my ear thitherward to catch what they were saying, but
though I heard every word o’t, not one did I understand. They spoke in a tongue
that was not ours—in French, as I afterward found. But if I could not gain the
meaning of a word, I was shrewd boy enough to find out a deal of the talkers’
business. By the light o’ the moon I could see that one of ’em carried a roll
of paper in his hand, while every moment he spoke quick to his comrade, and
pointed right and left with the other hand to spots along the shore. There was
no doubt that he was explaining to the second gentleman the shapes and features
of the coast. What happened soon after made this still clearer to me.
‘All this time I had not waked Uncle Job, but now I began to be
afeared that they might light upon us, because uncle breathed so heavily
through’s nose. I put my mouth to his ear and whispered, “Uncle Job.”
‘“What is it, my boy?” he said, just as if he hadn’t been asleep
at all.
‘“Hush!” says I. “Two French generals—”
‘“French?” says he.
‘“Yes,” says I. “Come to see where to land their army!”
‘I pointed ’em out; but I could say no more, for the pair were
coming at that moment much nearer to where we lay. As soon as they got as near
as eight or ten yards, the officer with a roll in his hand stooped down to a
slanting hurdle, unfastened his roll upon it, and spread it out. Then suddenly
he sprung a dark lantern open on the paper, and showed it to be a map.
‘“What be they looking at?” I whispered to Uncle Job.
‘“A chart of the Channel,” says the sergeant (knowing about such
things).
‘The other French officer now stooped likewise, and over the map
they had a long consultation, as they pointed here and there on the paper, and
then hither and thither at places along the shore beneath us. I noticed that
the manner of one officer was very respectful toward the other, who seemed much
his superior, the second in rank calling him by a sort of title that I did not
know the sense of. The head one, on the other hand, was quite familiar with his
friend, and more than once clapped him on the shoulder.
‘Uncle Job had watched as well as I, but though the map had been
in the lantern-light, their faces had always been in shade. But when they rose
from stooping over the chart the light flashed upward, and fell smart upon one
of ’em’s features. No sooner had this happened than Uncle Job gasped, and sank
down as if he’d been in a fit.
‘“What is it—what is it, Uncle Job?” said I.
‘“O good God!” says he, under the straw.
‘“What?” says I.
‘“Boney!” he groaned out.
‘“Who?” says I.
‘“Bonaparty,” he said. “The Corsican ogre. O that I had got but my
new-flinted firelock, that there man should die! But I haven’t got my
new-flinted firelock, and that there man must live. So lie low, as you value
your life!”
‘I did lie low, as you mid suppose. But I couldn’t help peeping.
And then I too, lad as I was, knew that it was the face of Bonaparte. Not know
Boney? I should think I did know Boney. I should have known him by half the
light o’ that lantern. If I had seen a picture of his features once, I had seen
it a hundred times. There was his bullet head, his short neck, his round yaller
cheeks and chin, his gloomy face, and his great glowing eyes. He took off his
hat to blow himself a bit, and there was the forelock in the middle of his
forehead, as in all the draughts of him. In moving, his cloak fell a little
open, and I could see for a moment his white-fronted jacket and one of his
epaulets.
‘But none of this lasted long. In a minute he and his general had
rolled up the map, shut the lantern, and turned to go down toward the shore.
‘Then Uncle Job came to himself a bit. “Slipped across in the
night-time to see how to put his men ashore,” he said. “The like o’ that man’s
coolness eyes will never again see! Nephew, I must act in this, and immediate,
or England’s lost!”
‘When they were over the brow, we crope out, and went some little
way to look after them. Half-way down they were joined by two others, and six
or seven minutes brought them to the shore. Then, from behind a rock, a boat
came out into the weak moonlight of the Cove, and they jumped in; it put off
instantly, and vanished in a few minutes between the two rocks that stand at
the mouth of the Cove as we all know. We climmed back to where we had been
before, and I could see, a little way out, a larger vessel, though still not
very large. The little boat drew up alongside, was made fast at the stern as I
suppose, for the largest sailed away, and we saw no more.
‘My uncle Job told his officers as soon as he got back to camp;
but what they thought of it I never heard—neither did he. Boney’s army never
came, and a good job for me; for the Cove below my father’s house was where he
meant to land, as this secret visit showed. We coast-folk should have been cut
down one and all, and I should not have sat here to tell this tale.’
We who listened to old Selby that night have been familiar with
his simple grave-stone for these ten years past. Thanks to the incredulity of
the age his tale has been seldom repeated. But if anything short of the direct
testimony of his own eyes could persuade an auditor that Bonaparte had examined
these shores for himself with a view to a practicable landing-place, it would
have been Solomon Selby’s manner of narrating the adventure which befell him on
the down.
Christmas 1882.
It is a Saturday afternoon of blue and yellow autumn time, and the
scene is the High Street of a well-known market-town. A large carrier’s van
stands in the quadrangular fore-court of the White Hart Inn, upon the sides of
its spacious tilt being painted, in weather-beaten letters: ‘Burthen, Carrier
to Longpuddle.’ These vans, so numerous hereabout, are a respectable, if
somewhat lumbering, class of conveyance, much resorted to by decent travellers
not overstocked with money, the better among them roughly corresponding to the
old French diligences.
The present one is timed to leave the town at four in the
afternoon precisely, and it is now half-past three by the clock in the turret
at the top of the street. In a few seconds errand-boys from the shops begin to
arrive with packages, which they fling into the vehicle, and turn away
whistling, and care for the packages no more. At twenty minutes to four an
elderly woman places her basket upon the shafts, slowly mounts, takes up a seat
inside, and folds her hands and her lips. She has secured her corner for the
journey, though there is as yet no sign of a horse being put in, nor of a
carrier. At the three-quarters, two other women arrive, in whom the first
recognizes the postmistress of Upper Longpuddle and the registrar’s wife, they
recognizing her as the aged groceress of the same village. At five minutes to
the hour there approach Mr. Profitt, the schoolmaster, in a soft felt hat, and
Christopher Twink, the master-thatcher; and as the hour strikes there rapidly
drop in the parish clerk and his wife, the seedsman and his aged father, the
registrar; also Mr. Day, the world-ignored local landscape-painter, an elderly
man who resides in his native place, and has never sold a picture outside it,
though his pretensions to art have been nobly supported by his
fellow-villagers, whose confidence in his genius has been as remarkable as the
outer neglect of it, leading them to buy his paintings so extensively (at the
price of a few shillings each, it is true) that every dwelling in the parish
exhibits three or four of those admired productions on its walls.
Burthen, the carrier, is by this time seen bustling round the
vehicle; the horses are put in, the proprietor arranges the reins and springs
up into his seat as if he were used to it—which he is.
‘Is everybody here?’ he asks preparatorily over his shoulder to
the passengers within.
As those who were not there did not reply in the negative the
muster was assumed to be complete, and after a few hitches and hindrances the
van with its human freight was got under way. It jogged on at an easy pace till
it reached the bridge which formed the last outpost of the town. The carrier
pulled up suddenly.
‘Bless my soul!’ he said, ‘I’ve forgot the curate!’
All who could do so gazed from the little back window of the van,
but the curate was not in sight.
‘Now I wonder where that there man is?’ continued the carrier.
‘Poor man, he ought to have a living at his time of life.’
‘And he ought to be punctual,’ said the carrier. ‘“Four o’clock
sharp is my time for starting,” I said to ’en. And he said, “I’ll be there.”
Now he’s not here, and as a serious old church-minister he ought to be as good
as his word. Perhaps Mr. Flaxton knows, being in the same line of life?’ He
turned to the parish clerk.
‘I was talking an immense deal with him, that’s true, half an hour
ago,’ replied that ecclesiastic, as one of whom it was no erroneous supposition
that he should be on intimate terms with another of the cloth. ‘But he didn’t
say he would be late.’
The discussion was cut off by the appearance round the corner of
the van of rays from the curate’s spectacles, followed hastily by his face and
a few white whiskers, and the swinging tails of his long gaunt coat. Nobody
reproached him, seeing how he was reproaching himself; and he entered
breathlessly and took his seat.
‘Now be we all here?’ said the carrier again. They started a
second time, and moved on till they were about three hundred yards out of the
town, and had nearly reached the second bridge, behind which, as every native
remembers, the road takes a turn and travellers by this highway disappear
finally from the view of gazing burghers.
‘Well, as I’m alive!’ cried the postmistress from the interior of
the conveyance, peering through the little square back-window along the road
townward.
‘What?’ said the carrier.
‘A man hailing us!’
Another sudden stoppage. ‘Somebody else?’ the carrier asked.
‘Ay, sure!’ All waited silently, while those who could gaze out
did so.
‘Now, who can that be?’ Burthen continued. ‘I just put it to ye,
neighbours, can any man keep time with such hindrances? Bain’t we full a’ready?
Who in the world can the man be?’
‘He’s a sort of gentleman,’ said the schoolmaster, his position
commanding the road more comfortably than that of his comrades.
The stranger, who had been holding up his umbrella to attract
their notice, was walking forward leisurely enough, now that he found, by their
stopping, that it had been secured. His clothes were decidedly not of a local
cut, though it was difficult to point out any particular mark of difference. In
his left hand he carried a small leather travelling bag. As soon as he had
overtaken the van he glanced at the inscription on its side, as if to assure
himself that he had hailed the right conveyance, and asked if they had room.
The carrier replied that though they were pretty well laden he
supposed they could carry one more, whereupon the stranger mounted, and took
the seat cleared for him within. And then the horses made another move, this
time for good, and swung along with their burden of fourteen souls all told.
‘You bain’t one of these parts, sir?’ said the carrier. ‘I could
tell that as far as I could see ’ee.’
‘Yes, I am one of these parts,’ said the stranger.
‘Oh? H’m.’
The silence which followed seemed to imply a doubt of the truth of
the new-comer’s assertion. ‘I was speaking of Upper Longpuddle more
particular,’ continued the carrier hardily, ‘and I think I know most faces of
that valley.’
‘I was born at Longpuddle, and nursed at Longpuddle, and my father
and grandfather before me,’ said the passenger quietly.
‘Why, to be sure,’ said the aged groceress in the background, ‘it
isn’t John Lackland’s son—never—it can’t be—he who went to foreign parts
five-and-thirty years ago with his wife and family? Yet—what do I hear?—that’s
his father’s voice!’
‘That’s the man,’ replied the stranger. ‘John Lackland was my
father, and I am John Lackland’s son. Five-and-thirty years ago, when I was a
boy of eleven, my parents emigrated across the seas, taking me and my sister
with them. Kytes’s boy Tony was the one who drove us and our belongings to
Casterbridge on the morning we left; and his was the last Longpuddle face I
saw. We sailed the same week across the ocean, and there we’ve been ever since,
and there I’ve left those I went with—all three.’
‘Alive or dead?’
‘Dead,’ he replied in a low voice. ‘And I have come back to the
old place, having nourished a thought—not a definite intention, but just a
thought—that I should like to return here in a year or two, to spend the
remainder of my days.’
‘Married man, Mr. Lackland?’
‘No.’
‘And have the world used ’ee well, sir—or rather John, knowing ’ee
as a child? In these rich new countries that we hear of so much, you’ve got
rich with the rest?’
‘I am not very rich,’ Mr. Lackland said. ‘Even in new countries,
you know, there are failures. The race is not always to the swift, nor the
battle to the strong; and even if it sometimes is, you may be neither swift nor
strong. However, that’s enough about me. Now, having answered your inquiries,
you must answer mine; for being in London, I have come down here entirely to
discover what Longpuddle is looking like, and who are living there. That was
why I preferred a seat in your van to hiring a carriage for driving across.’
‘Well, as for Longpuddle, we rub on there much as usual. Old
figures have dropped out o’ their frames, so to speak it, and new ones have
been put in their places. You mentioned Tony Kytes as having been the one to
drive your family and your goods to Casterbridge in his father’s waggon when
you left. Tony is, I believe, living still, but not at Longpuddle. He went away
and settled at Lewgate, near Mellstock, after his marriage. Ah, Tony was a sort
o’ man!’
‘His character had hardly come out when I knew him.’
‘No. But ’twas well enough, as far as that goes—except as to
women. I shall never forget his courting—never!’
The returned villager waited silently, and the carrier went on:—
TONY KYTES, THE ARCH-DECEIVER
‘I shall never forget Tony’s face. ’Twas a little, round, firm,
tight face, with a seam here and there left by the smallpox, but not enough to
hurt his looks in a woman’s eye, though he’d had it badish when he was a boy.
So very serious looking and unsmiling ’a was, that young man, that it really
seemed as if he couldn’t laugh at all without great pain to his conscience. He
looked very hard at a small speck in your eye when talking to ’ee. And there
was no more sign of a whisker or beard on Tony Kytes’s face than on the palm of
my hand. He used to sing “The Tailor’s Breeches” with a religious manner, as if
it were a hymn:—
‘“O the petticoats went off, and the breeches
they went on!”
and all the rest of the
scandalous stuff. He was quite the women’s favourite, and in return for their
likings he loved ’em in shoals.
‘But in course of time Tony got fixed down to one in particular,
Milly Richards, a nice, light, small, tender little thing; and it was soon said
that they were engaged to be married. One Saturday he had been to market to do
business for his father, and was driving home the waggon in the afternoon. When
he reached the foot of the very hill we shall be going over in ten minutes who
should he see waiting for him at the top but Unity Sallet, a handsome girl, one
of the young women he’d been very tender toward before he’d got engaged to
Milly.
‘As soon as Tony came up to her she said, “My dear Tony, will you
give me a lift home?”
‘“That I will, darling,” said Tony. “You don’t suppose I could
refuse ’ee?”
‘She smiled a smile, and up she hopped, and on drove Tony.
‘“Tony,” she says, in a sort of tender chide, “why did ye desert
me for that other one? In what is she better than I? I should have made ’ee a
finer wife, and a more loving one too. ’Tisn’t girls that are so easily won at
first that are the best. Think how long we’ve known each other—ever since we
were children almost—now haven’t we, Tony?”
‘“Yes, that we have,” says Tony, a-struck with the truth o’t.
‘“And you’ve never seen anything in me to complain of, have ye,
Tony? Now tell the truth to me?”
‘“I never have, upon my life,” says Tony.
‘“And—can you say I’m not pretty, Tony? Now look at me!”
‘He let his eyes light upon her for a long while. “I really
can’t,” says he. “In fact, I never knowed you was so pretty before!”
‘“Prettier than she?”
‘What Tony would have said to that nobody knows, for before he
could speak, what should he see ahead, over the hedge past the turning, but a
feather he knew well—the feather in Milly’s hat—she to whom he had been
thinking of putting the question as to giving out the banns that very week.
‘“Unity,” says he, as mild as he could, “here’s Milly coming. Now
I shall catch it mightily if she sees ’ee riding here with me; and if you get
down she’ll be turning the corner in a moment, and, seeing ’ee in the road,
she’ll know we’ve been coming on together. Now, dearest Unity, will ye, to
avoid all unpleasantness, which I know ye can’t bear any more than I, will ye
lie down in the back part of the waggon, and let me cover you over with the
tarpaulin till Milly has passed? It will all be done in a minute. Do!—and I’ll
think over what we’ve said; and perhaps I shall put a loving question to you
after all, instead of to Milly. ’Tisn’t true that it is all settled between her
and me.”
‘Well, Unity Sallet agreed, and lay down at the back end of the
waggon, and Tony covered her over, so that the waggon seemed to be empty but
for the loose tarpaulin; and then he drove on to meet Milly.
‘“My dear Tony!” cries Milly, looking up with a little pout at him
as he came near. “How long you’ve been coming home! Just as if I didn’t live at
Upper Longpuddle at all! And I’ve come to meet you as you asked me to do, and
to ride back with you, and talk over our future home—since you asked me, and I
promised. But I shouldn’t have come else, Mr. Tony!”
‘“Ay, my dear, I did ask ye—to be sure I did, now I think of
it—but I had quite forgot it. To ride back with me, did you say, dear Milly?”
‘“Well, of course! What can I do else? Surely you don’t want me to
walk, now I’ve come all this way?”
‘“O no, no! I was thinking you might be going on to town to meet
your mother. I saw her there—and she looked as if she might be expecting ’ee.”
‘“O no; she’s just home. She came across the fields, and so got
back before you.”
‘“Ah! I didn’t know that,” says Tony. And there was no help for it
but to take her up beside him.
‘They talked on very pleasantly, and looked at the trees, and
beasts, and birds, and insects, and at the ploughmen at work in the fields,
till presently who should they see looking out of the upper window of a house
that stood beside the road they were following, but Hannah Jolliver, another
young beauty of the place at that time, and the very first woman that Tony had
fallen in love with—before Milly and before Unity, in fact—the one that he had
almost arranged to marry instead of Milly. She was a much more dashing girl
than Milly Richards, though he’d not thought much of her of late. The house
Hannah was looking from was her aunt’s.
‘“My dear Milly—my coming wife, as I may call ’ee,” says Tony in
his modest way, and not so loud that Unity could overhear, “I see a young woman
alooking out of window, who I think may accost me. The fact is, Milly, she had
a notion that I was wishing to marry her, and since she’s discovered I’ve
promised another, and a prettier than she, I’m rather afeard of her temper if
she sees us together. Now, Milly, would you do me a favour—my coming wife, as I
may say?”
‘“Certainly, dearest Tony,” says she.
‘“Then would ye creep under the empty sacks just here in the front
of the waggon, and hide there out of sight till we’ve passed the house? She
hasn’t seen us yet. You see, we ought to live in peace and good-will since ’tis
almost Christmas, and ’twill prevent angry passions rising, which we always
should do.”
‘“I don’t mind, to oblige you, Tony,” Milly said; and though she
didn’t care much about doing it, she crept under, and crouched down just behind
the seat, Unity being snug at the other end. So they drove on till they got
near the road-side cottage. Hannah had soon seen him coming, and waited at the
window, looking down upon him. She tossed her head a little disdainful and
smiled off-hand.
‘“Well, aren’t you going to be civil enough to ask me to ride home
with you!” she says, seeing that he was for driving past with a nod and a smile.
‘“Ah, to be sure! What was I thinking of?” said Tony, in a
flutter. “But you seem as if you was staying at your aunt’s?”
‘“No, I am not,” she said. “Don’t you see I have my bonnet and
jacket on? I have only called to see her on my way home. How can you be so
stupid, Tony?”
‘“In that case—ah—of course you must come along wi’ me,” says
Tony, feeling a dim sort of sweat rising up inside his clothes. And he reined
in the horse, and waited till she’d come downstairs, and then helped her up
beside him. He drove on again, his face as long as a face that was a round one
by nature well could be.
‘Hannah looked round sideways into his eyes. “This is nice, isn’t
it, Tony?” she says. “I like riding with you.”
‘Tony looked back into her eyes. “And I with you,” he said after a
while. In short, having considered her, he warmed up, and the more he looked at
her the more he liked her, till he couldn’t for the life of him think why he
had ever said a word about marriage to Milly or Unity while Hannah Jolliver was
in question. So they sat a little closer and closer, their feet upon the
foot-board and their shoulders touching, and Tony thought over and over again
how handsome Hannah was. He spoke tenderer and tenderer, and called her “dear
Hannah” in a whisper at last.
‘“You’ve settled it with Milly by this time, I suppose,” said she.
‘“N-no, not exactly.”
‘“What? How low you talk, Tony.”
‘“Yes—I’ve a kind of hoarseness. I said, not exactly.”
‘“I suppose you mean to?”
‘“Well, as to that—” His eyes rested on her face, and hers on his.
He wondered how he could have been such a fool as not to follow up Hannah. “My
sweet Hannah!” he bursts out, taking her hand, not being really able to help
it, and forgetting Milly and Unity, and all the world besides. “Settled it? I
don’t think I have!”
‘“Hark!” says Hannah.
‘“What?” says Tony, letting go her hand.
‘“Surely I heard a sort of little screaming squeak under those
sacks? Why, you’ve been carrying corn, and there’s mice in this waggon, I
declare!” She began to haul up the tails of her gown.
‘“Oh no; ’tis the axle,” said Tony in an assuring way. “It do go
like that sometimes in dry weather.”
‘“Perhaps it was . . . Well, now, to be quite honest, dear Tony,
do you like her better than me? Because—because, although I’ve held off so
independent, I’ll own at last that I do like ’ee, Tony, to tell the truth; and
I wouldn’t say no if you asked me—you know what.”
‘Tony was so won over by this pretty offering mood of a girl who
had been quite the reverse (Hannah had a backward way with her at times, if you
can mind) that he just glanced behind, and then whispered very soft, “I haven’t
quite promised her, and I think I can get out of it, and ask you that question
you speak of.”
‘“Throw over Milly?—all to marry me! How delightful!” broke out
Hannah, quite loud, clapping her hands.
‘At this there was a real squeak—an angry, spiteful squeak, and
afterward a long moan, as if something had broke its heart, and a movement of
the empty sacks.
‘“Something’s there!” said Hannah, starting up.
‘“It’s nothing, really,” says Tony in a soothing voice, and
praying inwardly for a way out of this. “I wouldn’t tell ’ee at first, because
I wouldn’t frighten ’ee. But, Hannah, I’ve really a couple of ferrets in a bag
under there, for rabbiting, and they quarrel sometimes. I don’t wish it knowed,
as ’twould be called poaching. Oh, they can’t get out, bless ye—you are quite
safe! And—and—what a fine day it is, isn’t it, Hannah, for this time of year?
Be you going to market next Saturday? How is your aunt now?” And so on, says Tony,
to keep her from talking any more about love in Milly’s hearing.
‘But he found his work cut out for him, and wondering again how he
should get out of this ticklish business, he looked about for a chance. Nearing
home he saw his father in a field not far off, holding up his hand as if he
wished to speak to Tony.
‘“Would you mind taking the reins a moment, Hannah,” he said, much
relieved, “while I go and find out what father wants?”
‘She consented, and away he hastened into the field, only too glad
to get breathing time. He found that his father was looking at him with rather
a stern eye.
‘“Come, come, Tony,” says old Mr. Kytes, as soon as his son was
alongside him, “this won’t do, you know.”
‘“What?” says Tony.
‘“Why, if you mean to marry Milly Richards, do it, and there’s an
end o’t. But don’t go driving about the country with Jolliver’s daughter and
making a scandal. I won’t have such things done.”
‘“I only asked her—that is, she asked me, to ride home.”
‘“She? Why, now, if it had been Milly, ’twould have been quite
proper; but you and Hannah Jolliver going about by yourselves—”
‘“Milly’s there too, father.”
‘“Milly? Where?”
‘“Under the corn-sacks! Yes, the truth is, father, I’ve got rather
into a nunny-watch, I’m afeard! Unity Sallet is there too—yes, at the other
end, under the tarpaulin. All three are in that waggon, and what to do with ’em
I know no more than the dead! The best plan is, as I’m thinking, to speak out
loud and plain to one of ’em before the rest, and that will settle it; not but
what ’twill cause ’em to kick up a bit of a miff, for certain. Now which would
you marry, father, if you was in my place?”
‘“Whichever of ’em did not ask to ride with
thee.”
‘“That was Milly, I’m bound to say, as she only mounted by my
invitation. But Milly—”
“Then stick to Milly, she’s the best . . . But look at that!”
‘His father pointed toward the waggon. “She can’t hold that horse
in. You shouldn’t have left the reins in her hands. Run on and take the horse’s
head, or there’ll be some accident to them maids!”
‘Tony’s horse, in fact, in spite of Hannah’s tugging at the reins,
had started on his way at a brisk walking pace, being very anxious to get back
to the stable, for he had had a long day out. Without another word Tony rushed
away from his father to overtake the horse.
‘Now of all things that could have happened to wean him from Milly
there was nothing so powerful as his father’s recommending her. No; it could
not be Milly, after all. Hannah must be the one, since he could not marry all
three. This he thought while running after the waggon. But queer things were
happening inside it.
‘It was, of course, Milly who had screamed under the sack-bags,
being obliged to let off her bitter rage and shame in that way at what Tony was
saying, and never daring to show, for very pride and dread o’ being laughed at,
that she was in hiding. She became more and more restless, and in twisting
herself about, what did she see but another woman’s foot and white stocking
close to her head. It quite frightened her, not knowing that Unity Sallet was
in the waggon likewise. But after the fright was over she determined to get to
the bottom of all this, and she crept and crept along the bed of the waggon,
under the tarpaulin, like a snake, when lo and behold she came face to face with
Unity.
‘“Well, if this isn’t disgraceful!” says Milly in a raging whisper
to Unity.
‘“’Tis,” says Unity, “to see you hiding in a young man’s waggon
like this, and no great character belonging to either of ye!”
‘“Mind what you are saying!” replied Milly, getting louder. “I am
engaged to be married to him, and haven’t I a right to be here? What right have
you, I should like to know? What has he been promising you? A pretty lot of
nonsense, I expect! But what Tony says to other women is all mere wind, and no
concern to me!”
‘“Don’t you be too sure!” says Unity. “He’s going to have Hannah,
and not you, nor me either; I could hear that.”
‘Now at these strange voices sounding from under the cloth Hannah
was thunderstruck a’most into a swound; and it was just at this time that the
horse moved on. Hannah tugged away wildly, not knowing what she was doing; and
as the quarrel rose louder and louder Hannah got so horrified that she let go
the reins altogether. The horse went on at his own pace, and coming to the
corner where we turn round to drop down the hill to Lower Longpuddle he turned
too quick, the off wheels went up the bank, the waggon rose sideways till it
was quite on edge upon the near axles, and out rolled the three maidens into
the road in a heap.
‘When Tony came up, frightened and breathless, he was relieved
enough to see that neither of his darlings was hurt, beyond a few scratches
from the brambles of the hedge. But he was rather alarmed when he heard how
they were going on at one another.
‘“Don’t ye quarrel, my dears—don’t ye!” says he, taking off his
hat out of respect to ’em. And then he would have kissed them all round, as
fair and square as a man could, but they were in too much of a taking to let
him, and screeched and sobbed till they was quite spent.
‘“Now I’ll speak out honest, because I ought to,” says Tony, as
soon as he could get heard. “And this is the truth,” says he. “I’ve asked
Hannah to be mine, and she is willing, and we are going to put up the banns
next—”
‘Tony had not noticed that Hannah’s father was coming up behind,
nor had he noticed that Hannah’s face was beginning to bleed from the scratch
of a bramble. Hannah had seen her father, and had run to him, crying worse than
ever.
‘“My daughter is not willing, sir!” says Mr.
Jolliver hot and strong. “Be you willing, Hannah? I ask ye to have spirit
enough to refuse him, if yer virtue is left to ’ee and you run no risk?”
‘“She’s as sound as a bell for me, that I’ll swear!” says Tony,
flaring up. “And so’s the others, come to that, though you may think it an
onusual thing in me!”
‘“I have spirit, and I do refuse him!” says Hannah, partly because
her father was there, and partly, too, in a tantrum because of the discovery,
and the scratch on her face. “Little did I think when I was so soft with him
just now that I was talking to such a false deceiver!”
‘“What, you won’t have me, Hannah?” says Tony, his jaw hanging
down like a dead man’s.
‘“Never—I would sooner marry no—nobody at all!” she gasped out,
though with her heart in her throat, for she would not have refused Tony if he
had asked her quietly, and her father had not been there, and her face had not
been scratched by the bramble. And having said that, away she walked upon her
father’s arm, thinking and hoping he would ask her again.
‘Tony didn’t know what to say next. Milly was sobbing her heart
out; but as his father had strongly recommended her he couldn’t feel inclined
that way. So he turned to Unity.
‘“Well, will you, Unity dear, be mine?” he says.
‘“Take her leavings? Not I!” says Unity. “I’d scorn it!” And away
walks Unity Sallet likewise, though she looked back when she’d gone some way,
to see if he was following her.
‘So there at last were left Milly and Tony by themselves, she
crying in watery streams, and Tony looking like a tree struck by lightning.
‘“Well, Milly,” he says at last, going up to her, “it do seem as
if fate had ordained that it should be you and I, or nobody. And what must be
must be, I suppose. Hey, Milly?”
‘“If you like, Tony. You didn’t really mean what you said to them?”
‘“Not a word of it!” declares Tony, bringing down his fist upon
his palm.
‘And then he kissed her, and put the waggon to rights, and they
mounted together; and their banns were put up the very next Sunday. I was not
able to go to their wedding, but it was a rare party they had, by all account.
Everybody in Longpuddle was there almost; you among the rest, I think, Mr.
Flaxton?’ The speaker turned to the parish clerk.
‘I was,’ said Mr. Flaxton. ‘And that party was the cause of a very
curious change in some other people’s affairs; I mean in Steve Hardcome’s and
his cousin James’s.’
‘Ah! the Hardcomes,’ said the stranger. ‘How familiar that name is
to me! What of them?’
The clerk cleared his throat and began:—
THE HISTORY OF THE HARDCOMES
‘Yes, Tony’s was the very best wedding-randy that ever I was at;
and I’ve been at a good many, as you may suppose’—turning to the newly-arrived
one—‘having as a church-officer, the privilege to attend all christening,
wedding, and funeral parties—such being our Wessex custom.
‘’Twas on a frosty night in Christmas week, and among the folk
invited were the said Hardcomes o’ Climmerston—Steve and James—first cousins,
both of them small farmers, just entering into business on their own account.
With them came, as a matter of course, their intended wives, two young women of
the neighbourhood, both very pretty and sprightly maidens, and numbers of
friends from Abbot’s-Cernel, and Weatherbury, and Mellstock, and I don’t know
where—a regular houseful.
‘The kitchen was cleared of furniture for dancing, and the old
folk played at “Put” and “All-fours” in the parlour, though at last they gave
that up to join in the dance. The top of the figure was by the large front
window of the room, and there were so many couples that the lower part of the
figure reached through the door at the back, and into the darkness of the
out-house; in fact, you couldn’t see the end of the row at all, and ’twas never
known exactly how long that dance was, the lowest couples being lost among the
faggots and brushwood in the out-house.
‘When we had danced a few hours, and the crowns of we taller men
were swelling into lumps with bumping the beams of the ceiling, the first
fiddler laid down his fiddle-bow, and said he should play no more, for he
wished to dance. And in another hour the second fiddler laid down his, and said
he wanted to dance too; so there was only the third fiddler left, and he was a’
old, veteran man, very weak in the wrist. However, he managed to keep up a
faltering tweedle-dee; but there being no chair in the room, and his knees
being as weak as his wrists, he was obliged to sit upon as much of the little
corner-table as projected beyond the corner-cupboard fixed over it, which was
not a very wide seat for a man advanced in years.
‘Among those who danced most continually were the two engaged
couples, as was natural to their situation. Each pair was very well matched,
and very unlike the other. James Hardcome’s intended was called Emily Darth,
and both she and James were gentle, nice-minded, in-door people, fond of a
quiet life. Steve and his chosen, named Olive Pawle, were different; they were
of a more bustling nature, fond of racketing about and seeing what was going on
in the world. The two couples had arranged to get married on the same day, and
that not long thence; Tony’s wedding being a sort of stimulant, as is often the
case; I’ve noticed it professionally many times.
‘They danced with such a will as only young people in that stage
of courtship can dance; and it happened that as the evening wore on James had
for his partner Stephen’s plighted one, Olive, at the same time that Stephen
was dancing with James’s Emily. It was noticed that in spite o’ the exchange
the young men seemed to enjoy the dance no less than before. By and by they
were treading another tune in the same changed order as we had noticed earlier,
and though at first each one had held the other’s mistress strictly at
half-arm’s length, lest there should be shown any objection to too close
quarters by the lady’s proper man, as time passed there was a little more
closeness between ’em; and presently a little more closeness still.
‘The later it got the more did each of the two cousins dance with
the wrong young girl, and the tighter did he hold her to his side as he whirled
her round; and, what was very remarkable, neither seemed to mind what the other
was doing. The party began to draw towards its end, and I saw no more that
night, being one of the first to leave, on account of my morning’s business.
But I learnt the rest of it from those that knew.
‘After finishing a particularly warming dance with the changed
partners, as I’ve mentioned, the two young men looked at one another, and in a
moment or two went out into the porch together.
‘“James,” says Steve, “what were you thinking of when you were
dancing with my Olive?”
‘“Well,” said James, “perhaps what you were thinking of when you
were dancing with my Emily.”
‘“I was thinking,” said Steve, with some hesitation, “that I
wouldn’t mind changing for good and all!”
‘“It was what I was feeling likewise,” said James.
‘“I willingly agree to it, if you think we could manage it.”
‘“So do I. But what would the girls say?”
‘“’Tis my belief,” said Steve, “that they wouldn’t particularly
object. Your Emily clung as close to me as if she already belonged to me, dear
girl.”
‘“And your Olive to me,” says James. “I could feel her heart
beating like a clock.”
‘Well, they agreed to put it to the girls when they were all four
walking home together. And they did so. When they parted that night the exchange
was decided on—all having been done under the hot excitement of that evening’s
dancing. Thus it happened that on the following Sunday morning, when the people
were sitting in church with mouths wide open to hear the names published as
they had expected, there was no small amazement to hear them coupled the wrong
way, as it seemed. The congregation whispered, and thought the parson had made
a mistake; till they discovered that his reading of the names was verily the
true way. As they had decided, so they were married, each one to the other’s
original property.
‘Well, the two couples lived on for a year or two ordinarily
enough, till the time came when these young people began to grow a little less
warm to their respective spouses, as is the rule of married life; and the two
cousins wondered more and more in their hearts what had made ’em so mad at the
last moment to marry crosswise as they did, when they might have married
straight, as was planned by nature, and as they had fallen in love. ’Twas
Tony’s party that had done it, plain enough, and they half wished
they had never gone there. James, being a quiet, fireside, perusing man, felt
at times a wide gap between himself and Olive, his wife, who loved riding and
driving and out-door jaunts to a degree; while Steve, who was always knocking
about hither and thither, had a very domestic wife, who worked samplers, and
made hearthrugs, scarcely ever wished to cross the threshold, and only drove
out with him to please him.
‘However, they said very little about this mismating to any of
their acquaintances, though sometimes Steve would look at James’s wife and
sigh, and James would look at Steve’s wife and do the same. Indeed, at last the
two men were frank enough towards each other not to mind mentioning it quietly
to themselves, in a long-faced, sorry-smiling, whimsical sort of way, and would
shake their heads together over their foolishness in upsetting a
well-considered choice on the strength of an hour’s fancy in the whirl and
wildness of a dance. Still, they were sensible and honest young fellows enough,
and did their best to make shift with their lot as they had arranged it, and
not to repine at what could not now be altered or mended.
‘So things remained till one fine summer day they went for their
yearly little outing together, as they had made it their custom to do for a
long while past. This year they chose Budmouth-Regis as the place to spend
their holiday in; and off they went in their best clothes at nine o’clock in
the morning.
‘When they had reached Budmouth-Regis they walked two and two
along the shore—their new boots going squeakity-squash upon the clammy velvet
sands. I can seem to see ’em now! Then they looked at the ships in the harbour;
and then went up to the Look-out; and then had dinner at an inn; and then again
walked two and two, squeakity-squash, upon the velvet sands. As evening drew on
they sat on one of the public seats upon the Esplanade, and listened to the
band; and then they said “What shall we do next?”
‘“Of all things,” said Olive (Mrs. James Hardcome, that is), “I
should like to row in the bay! We could listen to the music from the water as
well as from here, and have the fun of rowing besides.”
‘“The very thing; so should I,” says Stephen, his tastes being
always like hers.
Here the clerk turned to the curate.
‘But you, sir, know the rest of the strange particulars of that
strange evening of their lives better than anybody else, having had much of it
from their own lips, which I had not; and perhaps you’ll oblige the gentleman?’
‘Certainly, if it is wished,’ said the curate. And he took up the
clerk’s tale:—
‘Stephen’s wife hated the sea, except from land, and couldn’t bear
the thought of going into a boat. James, too, disliked the water, and said that
for his part he would much sooner stay on and listen to the band in the seat
they occupied, though he did not wish to stand in his wife’s way if she desired
a row. The end of the discussion was that James and his cousin’s wife Emily
agreed to remain where they were sitting and enjoy the music, while they
watched the other two hire a boat just beneath, and take their water-excursion
of half an hour or so, till they should choose to come back and join the
sitters on the Esplanade; when they would all start homeward together.
‘Nothing could have pleased the other two restless ones better
than this arrangement; and Emily and James watched them go down to the boatman
below and choose one of the little yellow skiffs, and walk carefully out upon
the little plank that was laid on trestles to enable them to get alongside the
craft. They saw Stephen hand Olive in, and take his seat facing her; when they
were settled they waved their hands to the couple watching them, and then
Stephen took the pair of sculls and pulled off to the tune beat by the band,
she steering through the other boats skimming about, for the sea was as smooth
as glass that evening, and pleasure-seekers were rowing everywhere.
‘“How pretty they look moving on, don’t they?” said Emily to James
(as I’ve been assured). “They both enjoy it equally. In everything their
likings are the same.”
‘“That’s true,” said James.
‘“They would have made a handsome pair if they had married,” said
she.
‘“Yes,” said he. “’Tis a pity we should have parted ’em”
‘“Don’t talk of that, James,” said she. “For better or for worse
we decided to do as we did, and there’s an end of it.”
‘They sat on after that without speaking, side by side, and the
band played as before; the people strolled up and down; and Stephen and Olive
shrank smaller and smaller as they shot straight out to sea. The two on shore
used to relate how they saw Stephen stop rowing a moment, and take off his coat
to get at his work better; but James’s wife sat quite still in the stern,
holding the tiller-ropes by which she steered the boat. When they had got very
small indeed she turned her head to shore.
‘“She is waving her handkerchief to us,” said Stephen’s wife, who
thereupon pulled out her own, and waved it as a return signal.
‘The boat’s course had been a little awry while Mrs. James
neglected her steering to wave her handkerchief to her husband and Mrs.
Stephen; but now the light skiff went straight onward again, and they could
soon see nothing more of the two figures it contained than Olive’s light mantle
and Stephen’s white shirt sleeves behind.
‘The two on the shore talked on. “’Twas very curious—our changing
partners at Tony Kytes’s wedding,” Emily declared. “Tony was of a fickle nature
by all account, and it really seemed as if his character had infected us that
night. Which of you two was it that first proposed not to marry as we were
engaged?”
‘“H’m—I can’t remember at this moment,” says James. “We talked it
over, you know; and no sooner said than done.”
‘“’Twas the dancing,” said she. “People get quite crazy sometimes
in a dance.”
‘“They do,” he owned.
‘“James—do you think they care for one another still?” asks Mrs.
Stephen.
‘James Hardcome mused and admitted that perhaps a little tender
feeling might flicker up in their hearts for a moment now and then. “Still,
nothing of any account,” he said.
‘“I sometimes think that Olive is in Steve’s mind a good deal,”
murmurs Mrs. Stephen; “particularly when she pleases his fancy by riding past
our window at a gallop on one of the draught-horses . . . I never could do
anything of that sort; I could never get over my fear of a horse.”
‘“And I am no horseman, though I pretend to be on her account,”
murmured James Hardcome. “But isn’t it almost time for them to turn and sweep
round to the shore, as the other boating folk have done? I wonder what Olive means
by steering away straight to the horizon like that? She has hardly swerved from
a direct line seaward since they started.”
‘“No doubt they are talking, and don’t think of where they are
going,” suggests Stephen’s wife.
‘“Perhaps so,” said James. “I didn’t know Steve could row like
that.”
‘“O yes,” says she. “He often comes here on business, and
generally has a pull round the bay.”
‘“I can hardly see the boat or them,” says James again; “and it is
getting dark.”
‘The heedless pair afloat now formed a mere speck in the films of
the coming night, which thickened apace, till it completely swallowed up their
distant shapes. They had disappeared while still following the same straight
course away from the world of land-livers, as if they were intending to drop
over the sea-edge into space, and never return to earth again.
‘The two on the shore continued to sit on, punctually abiding by
their agreement to remain on the same spot till the others returned. The
Esplanade lamps were lit one by one, the bandsmen folded up their stands and
departed, the yachts in the bay hung out their riding lights, and the little
boats came back to shore one after another, their hirers walking on to the
sands by the plank they had climbed to go afloat; but among these Stephen and Olive
did not appear.
‘“What a time they are!” said Emily. “I am getting quite chilly. I
did not expect to have to sit so long in the evening air.”
‘Thereupon James Hardcome said that he did not require his
overcoat, and insisted on lending it to her.
‘He wrapped it round Emily’s shoulders.
‘“Thank you, James,” she said. “How cold Olive must be in that
thin jacket!”
‘He said he was thinking so too. “Well, they are sure to be quite
close at hand by this time, though we can’t see ’em. The boats are not all in yet.
Some of the rowers are fond of paddling along the shore to finish out their
hour of hiring.”
‘“Shall we walk by the edge of the water,” said she, “to see if we
can discover them?”
‘He assented, reminding her that they must not lose sight of the
seat, lest the belated pair should return and miss them, and be vexed that they
had not kept the appointment.
‘They walked a sentry beat up and down the sands immediately
opposite the seat; and still the others did not come. James Hardcome at last
went to the boatman, thinking that after all his wife and cousin might have
come in under shadow of the dusk without being perceived, and might have
forgotten the appointment at the bench.
‘“All in?” asked James.
‘“All but one boat,” said the lessor. “I can’t think where that
couple is keeping to. They might run foul of something or other in the dark.”
‘Again Stephen’s wife and Olive’s husband waited, with more and
more anxiety. But no little yellow boat returned. Was it possible they could
have landed further down the Esplanade?
‘“It may have been done to escape paying,” said the boat-owner.
“But they didn’t look like people who would do that.”
‘James Hardcome knew that he could found no hope on such a reason
as that. But now, remembering what had been casually discussed between Steve
and himself about their wives from time to time, he admitted for the first time
the possibility that their old tenderness had been revived by their
face-to-face position more strongly than either had anticipated at starting—the
excursion having been so obviously undertaken for the pleasure of the
performance only,—and that they had landed at some steps he knew of further
down toward the pier, to be longer alone together.
‘Still he disliked to harbour the thought, and would not mention
its existence to his companion. He merely said to her, “Let us walk further
on.”
‘They did so, and lingered between the boat-stage and the pier
till Stephen Hardcome’s wife was uneasy, and was obliged to accept James’s
offered arm. Thus the night advanced. Emily was presently so worn out by
fatigue that James felt it necessary to conduct her home; there was, too, a
remote chance that the truants had landed in the harbour on the other side of
the town, or elsewhere, and hastened home in some unexpected way, in the belief
that their consorts would not have waited so long.
‘However, he left a direction in the town that a lookout should be
kept, though this was arranged privately, the bare possibility of an elopement
being enough to make him reticent; and, full of misgivings, the two remaining
ones hastened to catch the last train out of Budmouth-Regis; and when they got
to Casterbridge drove back to Upper Longpuddle.’
‘Along this very road as we do now,’ remarked the parish clerk.
‘To be sure—along this very road,’ said the curate. ‘However,
Stephen and Olive were not at their homes; neither had entered the village
since leaving it in the morning. Emily and James Hardcome went to their
respective dwellings to snatch a hasty night’s rest, and at daylight the next
morning they drove again to Casterbridge and entered the Budmouth train, the
line being just opened.
‘Nothing had been heard of the couple there during this brief
absence. In the course of a few hours some young men testified to having seen
such a man and woman rowing in a frail hired craft, the head of the boat kept
straight to sea; they had sat looking in each other’s faces as if they were in
a dream, with no consciousness of what they were doing, or whither they were
steering. It was not till late that day that more tidings reached James’s ears.
The boat had been found drifting bottom upward a long way from land. In the
evening the sea rose somewhat, and a cry spread through the town that two
bodies were cast ashore in Lullstead Bay, several miles to the eastward. They
were brought to Budmouth, and inspection revealed them to be the missing pair.
It was said that they had been found tightly locked in each other’s arms, his
lips upon hers, their features still wrapt in the same calm and dream-like
repose which had been observed in their demeanour as they had glided along.
‘Neither James nor Emily questioned the original motives of the
unfortunate man and woman in putting to sea. They were both above suspicion as
to intention. Whatever their mutual feelings might have led them on to,
underhand behaviour was foreign to the nature of either. Conjecture pictured
that they might have fallen into tender reverie while gazing each into a pair
of eyes that had formerly flashed for him and her alone, and, unwilling to avow
what their mutual sentiments were, they had continued thus, oblivious of time
and space, till darkness suddenly overtook them far from land. But nothing was
truly known. It had been their destiny to die thus. The two halves, intended by
Nature to make the perfect whole, had failed in that result during their lives,
though “in their death they were not divided.” Their bodies were brought home,
and buried on one day. I remember that, on looking round the churchyard while
reading the service, I observed nearly all the parish at their funeral.’
‘It was so, sir,’ said the clerk.
‘The remaining two,’ continued the curate (whose voice had grown
husky while relating the lovers’ sad fate), ‘were a more thoughtful and
far-seeing, though less romantic, couple than the first. They were now mutually
bereft of a companion, and found themselves by this accident in a position to
fulfil their destiny according to Nature’s plan and their own original and
calmly-formed intention. James Hardcome took Emily to wife in the course of a
year and a half; and the marriage proved in every respect a happy one. I
solemnized the service, Hardcome having told me, when he came to give notice of
the proposed wedding, the story of his first wife’s loss almost word for word
as I have told it to you.’
‘And are they living in Longpuddle still?’ asked the new-comer.
‘O no, sir,’ interposed the clerk. ‘James has been dead these
dozen years, and his mis’ess about six or seven. They had no children. William
Privett used to be their odd man till he died.’
‘Ah—William Privett! He dead too?—dear me!’ said the other. ‘All
passed away!’
‘Yes, sir. William was much older than I. He’d ha’ been over
eighty if he had lived till now.’
‘There was something very strange about William’s death—very
strange indeed!’ sighed a melancholy man in the back of the van. It was the
seedsman’s father, who had hitherto kept silence.
‘And what might that have been?’ asked Mr. Lackland.
THE SUPERSTITIOUS MAN’S STORY
‘William, as you may know, was a curious, silent man; you could
feel when he came near ’ee; and if he was in the house or anywhere behind your
back without your seeing him, there seemed to be something clammy in the air,
as if a cellar door was opened close by your elbow. Well, one Sunday, at a time
that William was in very good health to all appearance, the bell that was
ringing for church went very heavy all of a sudden; the sexton, who told me
o’t, said he’d not known the bell go so heavy in his hand for years—it was just
as if the gudgeons wanted oiling. That was on the Sunday, as I say. During the
week after, it chanced that William’s wife was staying up late one night to
finish her ironing, she doing the washing for Mr. and Mrs. Hardcome. Her
husband had finished his supper and gone to bed as usual some hour or two before.
While she ironed she heard him coming down stairs; he stopped to put on his
boots at the stair-foot, where he always left them, and then came on into the
living-room where she was ironing, passing through it towards the door, this
being the only way from the staircase to the outside of the house. No word was
said on either side, William not being a man given to much speaking, and his
wife being occupied with her work. He went out and closed the door behind him.
As her husband had now and then gone out in this way at night before when
unwell, or unable to sleep for want of a pipe, she took no particular notice,
and continued at her ironing. This she finished shortly after, and as he had
not come in she waited awhile for him, putting away the irons and things, and
preparing the table for his breakfast in the morning. Still he did not return,
but supposing him not far off, and wanting to get to bed herself, tired as she
was, she left the door unbarred and went to the stairs, after writing on the
back of the door with chalk: Mind and do the door (because he
was a forgetful man).
‘To her great surprise, and I might say alarm, on reaching the
foot of the stairs his boots were standing there as they always stood when he
had gone to rest; going up to their chamber she found him in bed sleeping as
sound as a rock. How he could have got back again without her seeing or hearing
him was beyond her comprehension. It could only have been by passing behind her
very quietly while she was bumping with the iron. But this notion did not
satisfy her: it was surely impossible that she should not have seen him come in
through a room so small. She could not unravel the mystery, and felt very queer
and uncomfortable about it. However, she would not disturb him to question him
then, and went to bed herself.
‘He rose and left for his work very early the next morning, before
she was awake, and she waited his return to breakfast with much anxiety for an
explanation, for thinking over the matter by daylight made it seem only the
more startling. When he came in to the meal he said, before she could put her
question, “What’s the meaning of them words chalked on the door?”
‘She told him, and asked him about his going out the night before.
William declared that he had never left the bedroom after entering it, having
in fact undressed, lain down, and fallen asleep directly, never once waking
till the clock struck five, and he rose up to go to his labour.
‘Betty Privett was as certain in her own mind that he did go out
as she was of her own existence, and was little less certain that he did not
return. She felt too disturbed to argue with him, and let the subject drop as
though she must have been mistaken. When she was walking down Longpuddle street
later in the day she met Jim Weedle’s daughter Nancy, and said, “Well, Nancy,
you do look sleepy to-day!”
‘“Yes, Mrs. Privett,” says Nancy. “Now don’t tell anybody, but I
don’t mind letting you know what the reason o’t is. Last night, being Old
Midsummer Eve, some of us went to church porch, and didn’t get home till near
one.”
‘“Did ye?” says Mrs. Privett. “Old Midsummer yesterday was it?
Faith I didn’t think whe’r ’twas Midsummer or Michaelmas; I’d too much work to
do.”
‘“Yes. And we were frightened enough, I can tell ’ee, by what we
saw.”
‘“What did ye see?”
‘(You may not remember, sir, having gone off to foreign parts so
young, that on Midsummer Night it is believed hereabout that the faint shapes
of all the folk in the parish who are going to be at death’s door within the
year can be seen entering the church. Those who get over their illness come out
again after a while; those that are doomed to die do not return.)
‘“What did you see?” asked William’s wife.
‘“Well,” says Nancy, backwardly—“we needn’t tell what we saw, or
who we saw.”
‘“You saw my husband,” says Betty Privett, in a quiet way.
‘“Well, since you put it so,” says Nancy, hanging fire,
“we—thought we did see him; but it was darkish, and we was frightened, and of
course it might not have been he.”
‘“Nancy, you needn’t mind letting it out, though ’tis kept back in
kindness. And he didn’t come out of church again: I know it as well as you.”
‘Nancy did not answer yes or no to that, and no more was said. But
three days after, William Privett was mowing with John Chiles in Mr. Hardcome’s
meadow, and in the heat of the day they sat down to eat their bit o’ nunch
under a tree, and empty their flagon. Afterwards both of ’em fell asleep as
they sat. John Chiles was the first to wake, and as he looked towards his
fellow-mower he saw one of those great white miller’s-souls as we call ’em—that
is to say, a miller-moth—come from William’s open mouth while he slept, and fly
straight away. John thought it odd enough, as William had worked in a mill for
several years when he was a boy. He then looked at the sun, and found by the
place o’t that they had slept a long while, and as William did not wake, John
called to him and said it was high time to begin work again. He took no notice,
and then John went up and shook him, and found he was dead.
‘Now on that very day old Philip Hookhorn was down at Longpuddle
Spring dipping up a pitcher of water; and as he turned away, who should he see
coming down to the spring on the other side but William, looking very pale and
odd. This surprised Philip Hookhorn very much, for years before that time
William’s little son—his only child—had been drowned in that spring while at
play there, and this had so preyed upon William’s mind that he’d never been
seen near the spring afterwards, and had been known to go half a mile out of his
way to avoid the place. On inquiry, it was found that William in body could not
have stood by the spring, being in the mead two miles off; and it also came out
that the time at which he was seen at the spring was the very time when he
died.’
‘A rather melancholy story,’ observed the emigrant, after a
minute’s silence.
‘Yes, yes. Well, we must take ups and downs together,’ said the
seedsman’s father.
‘You don’t know, Mr. Lackland, I suppose, what a rum start that
was between Andrey Satchel and Jane Vallens and the pa’son and clerk o’
Scrimpton?’ said the master-thatcher, a man with a spark of subdued liveliness
in his eye, who had hitherto kept his attention mainly upon small objects a
long way ahead, as he sat in front of the van with his feet outside. ‘Theirs
was a queerer experience of a pa’son and clerk than some folks get, and may
cheer ’ee up a little after this dampness that’s been flung over yer soul.’
The returned one replied that he knew nothing of the history, and
should be happy to hear it, quite recollecting the personality of the man
Satchel.
‘Ah no; this Andrey Satchel is the son of the Satchel that you
knew; this one has not been married more than two or three years, and ’twas at
the time o’ the wedding that the accident happened that I could tell ’ee of, or
anybody else here, for that matter.’
‘No, no; you must tell it, neighbour, if anybody,’ said several; a
request in which Mr. Lackland joined, adding that the Satchel family was one he
had known well before leaving home.
‘I’ll just mention, as you be a stranger,’ whispered the carrier
to Lackland, ‘that Christopher’s stories will bear pruning.’
The emigrant nodded.
‘Well, I can soon tell it,’ said the master-thatcher, schooling
himself to a tone of actuality. ‘Though as it has more to do with the pa’son
and clerk than with Andrey himself, it ought to be told by a better churchman
than I.’
ANDREY SATCHEL AND THE PARSON AND CLERK
‘It all arose, you must know, from Andrey being fond of a drop of
drink at that time—though he’s a sober enough man now by all account, so much
the better for him. Jane, his bride, you see, was somewhat older than Andrey;
how much older I don’t pretend to say; she was not one of our parish, and the
register alone may be able to tell that. But, at any rate, her being a little
ahead of her young man in mortal years, coupled with other bodily
circumstances—’
(‘Ah, poor thing!’ sighed the women.)
‘—made her very anxious to get the thing done before he changed
his mind; and ’twas with a joyful countenance (they say) that she, with Andrey
and his brother and sister-in-law, marched off to church one November morning
as soon as ’twas day a’most, to be made one with Andrey for the rest of her
life. He had left our place long before it was light, and the folks that were
up all waved their lanterns at him, and flung up their hats as he went.
‘The church of her parish was a mile and more from the houses,
and, as it was a wonderful fine day for the time of year, the plan was that as
soon as they were married they would make out a holiday by driving straight off
to Port Bredy, to see the ships and the sea and the sojers, instead of coming
back to a meal at the house of the distant relation she lived wi’, and moping
about there all the afternoon.
‘Well, some folks noticed that Andrey walked with rather wambling
steps to church that morning; the truth o’t was that his nearest neighbour’s
child had been christened the day before, and Andrey, having stood godfather,
had stayed all night keeping up the christening, for he had said to himself,
“Not if I live to be thousand shall I again be made a godfather one day, and a
husband the next, and perhaps a father the next, and therefore I’ll make the
most of the blessing.” So that when he started from home in the morning he had
not been in bed at all. The result was, as I say, that when he and his
bride-to-be walked up the church to get married, the pa’son (who was a very
strict man inside the church, whatever he was outside) looked hard at Andrey,
and said, very sharp:
‘“How’s this, my man? You are in liquor. And so early, too. I’m
ashamed of you!”
‘“Well, that’s true, sir,” says Andrey. “But I can walk straight
enough for practical purposes. I can walk a chalk line,” he says (meaning no
offence), “as well as some other folk: and—” (getting hotter)—“I reckon that if
you, Pa’son Billy Toogood, had kept up a christening all night so thoroughly as
I have done, you wouldn’t be able to stand at all; d--- me if you would!”
‘This answer made Pa’son Billy—as they used to call him—rather
spitish, not to say hot, for he was a warm-tempered man if provoked, and he
said, very decidedly: “Well, I cannot marry you in this state; and I will not!
Go home and get sober!” And he slapped the book together like a rat-trap.
‘Then the bride burst out crying as if her heart would break, for
very fear that she would lose Andrey after all her hard work to get him, and
begged and implored the pa’son to go on with the ceremony. But no.
‘“I won’t be a party to your solemnizing matrimony with a tipsy
man,” says Mr. Toogood. “It is not right and decent. I am sorry for you, my
young woman, but you’d better go home again. I wonder how you could think of
bringing him here drunk like this!”
‘“But if—if he don’t come drunk he won’t come at all, sir!” she
says, through her sobs.
‘“I can’t help that,” says the pa’son; and plead as she might, it
did not move him. Then she tried him another way.
‘“Well, then, if you’ll go home, sir, and leave us here, and come
back to the church in an hour or two, I’ll undertake to say that he shall be as
sober as a judge,” she cries. “We’ll bide here, with your permission; for if he
once goes out of this here church unmarried, all Van Amburgh’s horses won’t
drag him back again!”
‘“Very well,” says the parson. “I’ll give you two hours, and then
I’ll return.”
‘“And please, sir, lock the door, so that we can’t escape!” says
she.
‘“Yes,” says the parson.
‘“And let nobody know that we are here.”
‘The pa’son then took off his clane white surplice, and went away;
and the others consulted upon the best means for keeping the matter a secret,
which it was not a very hard thing to do, the place being so lonely, and the
hour so early. The witnesses, Andrey’s brother and brother’s wife, neither one
o’ which cared about Andrey’s marrying Jane, and had come rather against their
will, said they couldn’t wait two hours in that hole of a place, wishing to get
home to Longpuddle before dinner-time. They were altogether so crusty that the
clerk said there was no difficulty in their doing as they wished. They could go
home as if their brother’s wedding had actually taken place and the married
couple had gone onward for their day’s pleasure jaunt to Port Bredy as
intended, he, the clerk, and any casual passer-by would act as witnesses when
the pa’son came back.
‘This was agreed to, and away Andrey’s relations went, nothing
loath, and the clerk shut the church door and prepared to lock in the couple.
The bride went up and whispered to him, with her eyes a-streaming still.
‘“My dear good clerk,” she says, “if we bide here in the church, folk
may see us through the winders, and find out what has happened; and ’twould
cause such a talk and scandal that I never should get over it: and perhaps,
too, dear Andrey might try to get out and leave me! Will ye lock us up in the
tower, my dear good clerk?” she says. “I’ll tole him in there if you will.”
‘The clerk had no objection to do this to oblige the poor young
woman, and they toled Andrey into the tower, and the clerk locked ’em both up
straightway, and then went home, to return at the end of the two hours.
‘Pa’son Toogood had not been long in his house after leaving the
church when he saw a gentleman in pink and top-boots ride past his windows, and
with a sudden flash of heat he called to mind that the hounds met that day just
on the edge of his parish. The pa’son was one who dearly loved sport, and much
he longed to be there.
‘In short, except o’ Sundays and at tide-times in the week, Pa’son
Billy was the life o’ the Hunt. ’Tis true that he was poor, and that he rode
all of a heap, and that his black mare was rat-tailed and old, and his tops
older, and all over of one colour, whitey-brown, and full o’ cracks. But he’d
been in at the death of three thousand foxes. And—being a bachelor man—every
time he went to bed in summer he used to open the bed at bottom and crawl up
head foremost, to mind 'em of the coming winter and the good sport he’d have,
and the foxes going to earth. And whenever there was a christening at the
Squire’s, and he had dinner there afterwards, as he always did, he never failed
to christen the chiel over again in a bottle of port wine.
‘Now the clerk was the parson’s groom and gardener and jineral
manager, and had just got back to his work in the garden when he, too, saw the
hunting man pass, and presently saw lots more of ’em, noblemen and gentry, and
then he saw the hounds, the huntsman, Jim Treadhedge, the whipper-in, and I
don’t know who besides. The clerk loved going to cover as frantical as the
pa’son, so much so that whenever he saw or heard the pack he could no more rule
his feelings than if they were the winds of heaven. He might be bedding, or he
might be sowing—all was forgot. So he throws down his spade and rushes in to
the pa’son, who was by this time as frantical to go as he.
‘“That there mare of yours, sir, do want exercise bad, very bad,
this morning!” the clerk says, all of a tremble. “Don’t ye think I’d better
trot her round the downs for an hour, sir?”
‘“To be sure, she does want exercise badly. I’ll trot her round
myself,” says the parson.
‘“Oh—you’ll trot her yerself? Well, there’s the cob, sir. Really
that cob is getting oncontrollable through biding in a stable so long! If you
wouldn’t mind my putting on the saddle—”
‘“Very well. Take him out, certainly,” says the pa’son, never
caring what the clerk did so long as he himself could get off immediately. So,
scrambling into his riding-boots and breeches as quick as he could, he rode off
towards the meet, intending to be back in an hour. No sooner was he gone than
the clerk mounted the cob, and was off after him. When the pa’son got to the
meet, he found a lot of friends, and was as jolly as he could be: the hounds
found a’most as soon as they threw off, and there was great excitement. So,
forgetting that he had meant to go back at once, away rides the pa’son with the
rest o’ the hunt, all across the fallow ground that lies between Lippet Wood
and Green’s Copse; and as he galloped he looked behind for a moment, and there
was the clerk close to his heels.
‘“Ha, ha, clerk—you here?” he says.
‘“Yes, sir, here be I,” says t’other.
‘“Fine exercise for the horses!”
‘“Ay, sir—hee, hee!” says the clerk.
‘So they went on and on, into Green’s Copse, then across to Higher
Jirton; then on across this very turnpike-road to Climmerston Ridge, then away
towards Yalbury Wood: up hill and down dale, like the very wind, the clerk
close to the pa’son, and the pa’son not far from the hounds. Never was there a
finer run knowed with that pack than they had that day; and neither pa’son nor
clerk thought one word about the unmarried couple locked up in the church tower
waiting to get j’ined.
‘“These hosses of yours, sir, will be much improved by this!” says
the clerk as he rode along, just a neck behind the pa’son. “’Twas a happy
thought of your reverent mind to bring ’em out to-day. Why, it may be frosty in
a day or two, and then the poor things mid not be able to leave the stable for
weeks.”
‘“They may not, they may not, it is true. A merciful man is
merciful to his beast,” says the pa’son.
‘“Hee, hee!” says the clerk, glancing sly into the pa’son’s eye.
‘“Ha, ha!” says the pa’son, a-glancing back into the clerk’s.
“Halloo!” he shouts, as he sees the fox break cover at that moment.
‘“Halloo!” cries the clerk. “There he goes! Why, dammy, there’s
two foxes—”
‘“Hush, clerk, hush! Don’t let me hear that word again! Remember
our calling.”
‘“True, sir, true. But really, good sport do carry away a man so,
that he’s apt to forget his high persuasion!” And the next minute the corner of
the clerk’s eye shot again into the corner of the pa’son’s, and the pa’son’s
back again to the clerk’s. “Hee, hee!” said the clerk.
‘“Ha, ha!” said Pa’son Toogood.
‘“Ah, sir,” says the clerk again, “this is better than crying Amen
to your Ever-and-ever on a winter’s morning!”
‘“Yes, indeed, clerk! To everything there’s a season,” says Pa’son
Toogood, quite pat, for he was a learned Christian man when he liked, and had
chapter and ve’se at his tongue’s end, as a pa’son should.
‘At last, late in the day, the hunting came to an end by the fox
running into a’ old woman’s cottage, under her table, and up the clock-case.
The pa’son and clerk were among the first in at the death, their faces
a-staring in at the old woman’s winder, and the clock striking as he’d never
been heard to strik’ before. Then came the question of finding their way home.
‘Neither the pa’son nor the clerk knowed how they were going to do
this, for their beasts were wellnigh tired down to the ground. But they started
back-along as well as they could, though they were so done up that they could
only drag along at a’ amble, and not much of that at a time.
‘“We shall never, never get there!” groaned Mr. Toogood, quite
bowed down.
‘“Never!” groans the clerk. “’Tis a judgment upon us for our
iniquities!”
‘“I fear it is,” murmurs the pa’son.
‘Well, ’twas quite dark afore they entered the pa’sonage gate,
having crept into the parish as quiet as if they’d stole a hammer, little
wishing their congregation to know what they’d been up to all day long. And as
they were so dog-tired, and so anxious about the horses, never once did they
think of the unmarried couple. As soon as ever the horses had been stabled and
fed, and the pa’son and clerk had had a bit and a sup theirselves, they went to
bed.
‘Next morning when Pa’son Toogood was at breakfast, thinking of
the glorious sport he’d had the day before, the clerk came in a hurry to the
door and asked to see him.
‘“It has just come into my mind, sir, that we’ve forgot all about
the couple that we was to have married yesterday!”
‘The half-chawed victuals dropped from the pa’son’s mouth as if
he’d been shot. “Bless my soul,” says he, “so we have! How very awkward!”
‘“It is, sir; very. Perhaps we’ve ruined the ’ooman!”
‘“Ah—to be sure—I remember! She ought to have been married
before.”
‘“If anything has happened to her up in that there tower, and no
doctor or nuss—”
(‘Ah—poor thing!’ sighed the women.)
‘“—’twill be a quarter-sessions matter for us, not to speak of the
disgrace to the Church!”
‘“Good God, clerk, don’t drive me wild!” says the pa’son. “Why the
hell didn’t I marry ’em, drunk or sober!” (Pa’sons used to cuss in them days
like plain honest men.) “Have you been to the church to see what happened to
them, or inquired in the village?”
‘“Not I, sir! It only came into my head a moment ago, and I always
like to be second to you in church matters. You could have knocked me down with
a sparrer’s feather when I thought o’t, sir; I assure ’ee you could!”
‘Well, the parson jumped up from his breakfast, and together they
went off to the church.
‘“It is not at all likely that they are there now,” says Mr.
Toogood, as they went; “and indeed I hope they are not. They be pretty sure to
have ’scaped and gone home.”
‘However, they opened the church-hatch, entered the churchyard,
and looking up at the tower, there they seed a little small white face at the
belfry-winder, and a little small hand waving. ’Twas the bride.
‘“God my life, clerk,” says Mr. Toogood, “I don’t know how to face
’em!” And he sank down upon a tombstone. “How I wish I hadn’t been so cussed
particular!”
‘“Yes—’twas a pity we didn’t finish it when we’d begun,” the clerk
said. “Still, since the feelings of your holy priestcraft wouldn’t let ye, the
couple must put up with it.”
‘“True, clerk, true! Does she look as if anything premature had
took place?”
‘“I can’t see her no lower down than her arm-pits, sir.”
‘“Well—how do her face look?”
‘“It do look mighty white!”
‘“Well, we must know the worst! Dear me, how the small of my back
do ache from that ride yesterday! . . . But to more godly business!”
‘They went on into the church, and unlocked the tower stairs, and
immediately poor Jane and Andrey busted out like starved mice from a cupboard,
Andrey limp and sober enough now, and his bride pale and cold, but otherwise as
usual.
‘“What,” says the pa’son, with a great breath of relief, “you
haven’t been here ever since?”
‘“Yes, we have, sir!” says the bride, sinking down upon a seat in
her weakness. “Not a morsel, wet or dry, have we had since! It was impossible
to get out without help, and here we’ve stayed!”
‘“But why didn’t you shout, good souls?” said the pa’son.
‘“She wouldn’t let me,” says Andrey.
‘“Because we were so ashamed at what had led to it,” sobs Jane.
“We felt that if it were noised abroad it would cling to us all our lives! Once
or twice Andrey had a good mind to toll the bell, but then he said: “No; I’ll
starve first. I won’t bring disgrace on my name and yours, my dear.” And so we
waited and waited, and walked round and round; but never did you come till
now!”
‘“To my regret!” says the parson. “Now, then, we will soon get it
over.”
‘“I—I should like some victuals,” said Andrey, “’twould gie me
courage if it is only a crust o’ bread and a’ onion; for I am that leery that I
can feel my stomach rubbing against my backbone.”
‘“I think we had better get it done,” said the bride, a bit
anxious in manner; “since we are all here convenient, too!”
‘Andrey gave way about the victuals, and the clerk called in a
second witness who wouldn’t be likely to gossip about it, and soon the knot was
tied, and the bride looked smiling and calm forthwith, and Andrey limper than
ever.
‘“Now,” said Pa’son Toogood, “you two must come to my house, and
have a good lining put to your insides before you go a step further.”
‘They were very glad of the offer, and went out of the churchyard
by one path while the pa’son and clerk went out by the other, and so did not
attract notice, it being still early. They entered the rectory as if they’d
just come back from their trip to Port Bredy; and then they knocked in the
victuals and drink till they could hold no more.
‘It was a long while before the story of what they had gone
through was known, but it was talked of in time, and they themselves laugh over
it now; though what Jane got for her pains was no great bargain after all. ’Tis
true she saved her name.’
‘Was that the same Andrey who went to the squire’s house as one of
the Christmas fiddlers?’ asked the seedsman.
‘No, no,’ replied Mr. Profitt, the schoolmaster. ‘It was his
father did that. Ay, it was all owing to his being such a man for eating and
drinking.’ Finding that he had the ear of the audience, the schoolmaster
continued without delay:—
OLD ANDREY’S EXPERIENCE AS A MUSICIAN
‘I was one of the choir-boys at that time, and we and the players
were to appear at the manor-house as usual that Christmas week, to play and
sing in the hall to the squire’s people and visitors (among ’em being the
archdeacon, Lord and Lady Baxby, and I don’t know who); afterwards going, as we
always did, to have a good supper in the servants’ hall. Andrew knew this was
the custom, and meeting us when we were starting to go, he said to us: “Lord,
how I should like to join in that meal of beef, and turkey, and plum-pudding,
and ale, that you happy ones be going to just now! One more or less will make
no difference to the squire. I am too old to pass as a singing boy, and too
bearded to pass as a singing girl; can ye lend me a fiddle, neighbours, that I
may come with ye as a bandsman?”
‘Well, we didn’t like to be hard upon him, and lent him an old
one, though Andrew knew no more of music than the Cerne Giant; and armed with
the instrument he walked up to the squire’s house with the others of us at the
time appointed, and went in boldly, his fiddle under his arm. He made himself
as natural as he could in opening the music-books and moving the candles to the
best points for throwing light upon the notes; and all went well till we had
played and sung “While shepherds watch,” and “Star, arise,” and “Hark the glad
sound.” Then the squire’s mother, a tall gruff old lady, who was much interested
in church-music, said quite unexpectedly to Andrew: “My man, I see you don’t
play your instrument with the rest. How is that?”
‘Every one of the choir was ready to sink into the earth with
concern at the fix Andrew was in. We could see that he had fallen into a cold
sweat, and how he would get out of it we did not know.
‘“I’ve had a misfortune, mem,” he says, bowing as meek as a child.
“Coming along the road I fell down and broke my bow.”
‘“Oh, I am sorry to hear that,” says she. “Can’t it be mended?”
‘“Oh no, mem,” says Andrew. “’Twas broke all to splinters.”
‘“I’ll see what I can do for you,” says she.
‘And then it seemed all over, and we played “Rejoice, ye drowsy
mortals all,” in D and two sharps. But no sooner had we got through it than she
says to Andrew,
‘“I’ve sent up into the attic, where we have some old musical
instruments, and found a bow for you.” And she hands the bow to poor wretched
Andrew, who didn’t even know which end to take hold of. “Now we shall have the
full accompaniment,” says she.
‘Andrew’s face looked as if it were made of rotten apple as he
stood in the circle of players in front of his book; for if there was one
person in the parish that everybody was afraid of, ’twas this hook-nosed old
lady. However, by keeping a little behind the next man he managed to make
pretence of beginning, sawing away with his bow without letting it touch the
strings, so that it looked as if he were driving into the tune with heart and
soul. ’Tis a question if he wouldn’t have got through all right if one of the
squire’s visitors (no other than the archdeacon) hadn’t noticed that he held
the fiddle upside down, the nut under his chin, and the tail-piece in his hand;
and they began to crowd round him, thinking ’twas some new way of performing.
‘This revealed everything; the squire’s mother had Andrew turned
out of the house as a vile impostor, and there was great interruption to the
harmony of the proceedings, the squire declaring he should have notice to leave
his cottage that day fortnight. However, when we got to the servants’ hall
there sat Andrew, who had been let in at the back door by the orders of the
squire’s wife, after being turned out at the front by the orders of the squire,
and nothing more was heard about his leaving his cottage. But Andrew never
performed in public as a musician after that night; and now he’s dead and gone,
poor man, as we all shall be!’
‘I had quite forgotten the old choir, with their fiddles and
bass-viols,’ said the home-comer, musingly. ‘Are they still going on the same
as of old?’
‘Bless the man!’ said Christopher Twink, the master-thatcher;
‘why, they’ve been done away with these twenty year. A young teetotaler plays
the organ in church now, and plays it very well; though ’tis not quite such
good music as in old times, because the organ is one of them that go with a
winch, and the young teetotaler says he can’t always throw the proper feeling
into the tune without wellnigh working his arms off.’
‘Why did they make the change, then?’
‘Well, partly because of fashion, partly because the old musicians
got into a sort of scrape. A terrible scrape ’twas too—wasn’t it, John? I shall
never forget it—never! They lost their character as officers of the church as
complete as if they’d never had any character at all.’
‘That was very bad for them.’
‘Yes.’ The master-thatcher attentively regarded past times as if
they lay about a mile off, and went on:—
ABSENT-MINDEDNESS IN A PARISH CHOIR
‘It happened on Sunday after Christmas—the last Sunday ever they
played in Longpuddle church gallery, as it turned out, though they didn’t know
it then. As you may know, sir, the players formed a very good band—almost as
good as the Mellstock parish players that were led by the Dewys; and that’s
saying a great deal. There was Nicholas Puddingcome, the leader, with the first
fiddle; there was Timothy Thomas, the bass-viol man; John Biles, the tenor
fiddler; Dan’l Hornhead, with the serpent; Robert Dowdle, with the clarionet;
and Mr. Nicks, with the oboe—all sound and powerful musicians, and strong-winded
men—they that blowed. For that reason they were very much in demand Christmas
week for little reels and dancing parties; for they could turn a jig or a
hornpipe out of hand as well as ever they could turn out a psalm, and perhaps
better, not to speak irreverent. In short, one half-hour they could be playing
a Christmas carol in the squire’s hall to the ladies and gentlemen, and
drinking tea and coffee with ’em as modest as saints; and the next, at The
Tinker’s Arms, blazing away like wild horses with the “Dashing White Sergeant”
to nine couple of dancers and more, and swallowing rum-and-cider hot as flame.
‘Well, this Christmas they’d been out to one rattling randy after
another every night, and had got next to no sleep at all. Then came the Sunday
after Christmas, their fatal day. ’Twas so mortal cold that year that they
could hardly sit in the gallery; for though the congregation down in the body
of the church had a stove to keep off the frost, the players in the gallery had
nothing at all. So Nicholas said at morning service, when ’twas freezing an
inch an hour, “Please the Lord I won’t stand this numbing weather no longer:
this afternoon we’ll have something in our insides to make us warm, if it cost
a king’s ransom.”
‘So he brought a gallon of hot brandy and beer, ready mixed, to
church with him in the afternoon, and by keeping the jar well wrapped up in
Timothy Thomas’s bass-viol bag it kept drinkably warm till they wanted it,
which was just a thimbleful in the Absolution, and another after the Creed, and
the remainder at the beginning o’ the sermon. When they’d had the last pull
they felt quite comfortable and warm, and as the sermon went on—most
unfortunately for ’em it was a long one that afternoon—they fell asleep, every
man jack of ’em; and there they slept on as sound as rocks.
‘’Twas a very dark afternoon, and by the end of the sermon all you
could see of the inside of the church were the pa’son’s two candles alongside
of him in the pulpit, and his spaking face behind ’em. The sermon being ended
at last, the pa’son gie’d out the Evening Hymn. But no choir set about sounding
up the tune, and the people began to turn their heads to learn the reason why,
and then Levi Limpet, a boy who sat in the gallery, nudged Timothy and
Nicholas, and said, “Begin! begin!”
‘“Hey? what?” says Nicholas, starting up; and the church being so
dark and his head so muddled he thought he was at the party they had played at
all the night before, and away he went, bow and fiddle, at “The Devil among the
Tailors,” the favourite jig of our neighbourhood at that time. The rest of the
band, being in the same state of mind and nothing doubting, followed their
leader with all their strength, according to custom. They poured out that there
tune till the lower bass notes of “The Devil among the Tailors” made the
cobwebs in the roof shiver like ghosts; then Nicholas, seeing nobody moved,
shouted out as he scraped (in his usual commanding way at dances when the folk
didn’t know the figures), “Top couples cross hands! And when I make the fiddle
squeak at the end, every man kiss his pardner under the mistletoe!”
‘The boy Levi was so frightened that he bolted down the gallery
stairs and out homeward like lightning. The pa’son’s hair fairly stood on end
when he heard the evil tune raging through the church, and thinking the choir
had gone crazy he held up his hand and said: “Stop, stop, stop! Stop, stop!
What’s this?” But they didn’t hear’n for the noise of their own playing, and
the more he called the louder they played.
‘Then the folks came out of their pews, wondering down to the
ground, and saying: “What do they mean by such wickedness! We shall be consumed
like Sodom and Gomorrah!”
‘Then the squire came out of his pew lined wi’ green baize, where
lots of lords and ladies visiting at the house were worshipping along with him,
and went and stood in front of the gallery, and shook his fist in the
musicians’ faces, saying, “What! In this reverent edifice! What!”
‘And at last they heard’n through their playing, and stopped.
‘“Never such an insulting, disgraceful thing—never!” says the
squire, who couldn’t rule his passion.
‘“Never!” says the pa’son, who had come down and stood beside him.
‘“Not if the Angels of Heaven,” says the squire (he was a
wickedish man, the squire was, though now for once he happened to be on the
Lord’s side)—“not if the Angels of Heaven come down,” he says, “shall one of
you villanous players ever sound a note in this church again; for the insult to
me, and my family, and my visitors, and God Almighty, that you’ve a-perpetrated
this afternoon!”
‘Then the unfortunate church band came to their senses, and
remembered where they were; and ’twas a sight to see Nicholas Pudding come and
Timothy Thomas and John Biles creep down the gallery stairs with their fiddles
under their arms, and poor Dan’l Hornhead with his serpent, and Robert Dowdle
with his clarionet, all looking as little as ninepins; and out they went. The
pa’son might have forgi’ed ’em when he learned the truth o’t, but the squire
would not. That very week he sent for a barrel-organ that would play
two-and-twenty new psalm-tunes, so exact and particular that, however sinful
inclined you was, you could play nothing but psalm-tunes whatsomever. He had a
really respectable man to turn the winch, as I said, and the old players played
no more.’
‘And, of course, my old acquaintance, the annuitant, Mrs. Winter,
who always seemed to have something on her mind, is dead and gone?’ said the
home-comer, after a long silence.
Nobody in the van seemed to recollect the name.
‘O yes, she must be dead long since: she was seventy when I as a
child knew her,’ he added.
‘I can recollect Mrs. Winter very well, if nobody else can,’ said
the aged groceress. ‘Yes, she’s been dead these five-and-twenty year at least.
You knew what it was upon her mind, sir, that gave her that hollow-eyed look, I
suppose?’
‘It had something to do with a son of hers, I think I once was
told. But I was too young to know particulars.’
The groceress sighed as she conjured up a vision of days long
past. ‘Yes,’ she murmured, ‘it had all to do with a son.’ Finding that the van
was still in a listening mood, she spoke on:—
THE WINTERS AND THE PALMLEYS
‘To go back to the beginning—if one must—there were two women in
the parish when I was a child, who were to a certain extent rivals in good
looks. Never mind particulars, but in consequence of this they were at
daggers-drawn, and they did not love each other any better when one of them
tempted the other’s lover away from her and married him. He was a young man of
the name of Winter, and in due time they had a son.
‘The other woman did not marry for many years: but when she was
about thirty a quiet man named Palmley asked her to be his wife, and she
accepted him. You don’t mind when the Palmleys were Longpuddle folk, but I do
well. She had a son also, who was, of course, nine or ten years younger than
the son of the first. The child proved to be of rather weak intellect, though
his mother loved him as the apple of her eye.
‘This woman’s husband died when the child was eight years old, and
left his widow and boy in poverty. Her former rival, also a widow now, but
fairly well provided for, offered for pity’s sake to take the child as
errand-boy, small as he was, her own son, Jack, being hard upon seventeen. Her
poor neighbour could do no better than let the child go there. And to the
richer woman’s house little Palmley straightway went.
‘Well, in some way or other—how, it was never exactly known—the
thriving woman, Mrs. Winter, sent the little boy with a message to the next
village one December day, much against his will. It was getting dark, and the
child prayed to be allowed not to go, because he would be afraid coming home.
But the mistress insisted, more out of thoughtlessness than cruelty, and the
child went. On his way back he had to pass through Yalbury Wood, and something
came out from behind a tree and frightened him into fits. The child was quite
ruined by it; he became quite a drivelling idiot, and soon afterward died.
‘Then the other woman had nothing left to live for, and vowed
vengeance against that rival who had first won away her lover, and now had been
the cause of her bereavement. This last affliction was certainly not intended
by her thriving acquaintance, though it must be owned that when it was done she
seemed but little concerned. Whatever vengeance poor Mrs. Palmley felt, she had
no opportunity of carrying it out, and time might have softened her feelings
into forgetfulness of her supposed wrongs as she dragged on her lonely life. So
matters stood when, a year after the death of the child, Mrs. Palmley’s niece,
who had been born and bred in the city of Exonbury, came to live with her.
‘This young woman—Miss Harriet Palmley—was a proud and handsome
girl, very well brought up, and more stylish and genteel than the people of our
village, as was natural, considering where she came from. She regarded herself
as much above Mrs. Winter and her son in position as Mrs. Winter and her son
considered themselves above poor Mrs. Palmley. But love is an unceremonious
thing, and what in the world should happen but that young Jack Winter must fall
wofully and wildly in love with Harriet Palmley almost as soon as he saw her.
‘She, being better educated than he, and caring nothing for the
village notion of his mother’s superiority to her aunt, did not give him much
encouragement. But Longpuddle being no very large world, the two could not help
seeing a good deal of each other while she was staying there, and, disdainful
young woman as she was, she did seem to take a little pleasure in his
attentions and advances.
‘One day when they were picking apples together, he asked her to
marry him. She had not expected anything so practical as that at so early a
time, and was led by her surprise into a half-promise; at any rate she did not
absolutely refuse him, and accepted some little presents that he made her.
‘But he saw that her view of him was rather as a simple village
lad than as a young man to look up to, and he felt that he must do something
bold to secure her. So he said one day, “I am going away, to try to get into a
better position than I can get here.” In two or three weeks he wished her
good-bye, and went away to Monksbury, to superintend a farm, with a view to
start as a farmer himself; and from there he wrote regularly to her, as if their
marriage were an understood thing.
‘Now Harriet liked the young man’s presents and the admiration of
his eyes; but on paper he was less attractive to her. Her mother had been a
school-mistress, and Harriet had besides a natural aptitude for pen-and-ink
work, in days when to be a ready writer was not such a common thing as it is
now, and when actual handwriting was valued as an accomplishment in itself.
Jack Winter’s performances in the shape of love-letters quite jarred her city
nerves and her finer taste, and when she answered one of them, in the lovely
running hand that she took such pride in, she very strictly and loftily bade
him to practise with a pen and spelling-book if he wished to please her.
Whether he listened to her request or not nobody knows, but his letters did not
improve. He ventured to tell her in his clumsy way that if her heart were more
warm towards him she would not be so nice about his handwriting and spelling;
which indeed was true enough.
‘Well, in Jack’s absence the weak flame that had been set alight
in Harriet’s heart soon sank low, and at last went out altogether. He wrote and
wrote, and begged and prayed her to give a reason for her coldness; and then
she told him plainly that she was town born, and he was not sufficiently well
educated to please her.
‘Jack Winter’s want of pen-and-ink training did not make him less
thin-skinned than others; in fact, he was terribly tender and touchy about
anything. This reason that she gave for finally throwing him over grieved him,
shamed him, and mortified him more than can be told in these times, the pride
of that day in being able to write with beautiful flourishes, and the sorrow at
not being able to do so, raging so high. Jack replied to her with an angry
note, and then she hit back with smart little stings, telling him how many
words he had misspelt in his last letter, and declaring again that this alone
was sufficient justification for any woman to put an end to an understanding
with him. Her husband must be a better scholar.
‘He bore her rejection of him in silence, but his suffering was
sharp—all the sharper in being untold. She communicated with Jack no more; and
as his reason for going out into the world had been only to provide a home
worthy of her, he had no further object in planning such a home now that she
was lost to him. He therefore gave up the farming occupation by which he had
hoped to make himself a master-farmer, and left the spot to return to his
mother.
‘As soon as he got back to Longpuddle he found that Harriet had
already looked wi’ favour upon another lover. He was a young road-contractor,
and Jack could not but admit that his rival was both in manners and scholarship
much ahead of him. Indeed, a more sensible match for the beauty who had been
dropped into the village by fate could hardly have been found than this man,
who could offer her so much better a chance than Jack could have done, with his
uncertain future and narrow abilities for grappling with the world. The fact
was so clear to him that he could hardly blame her.
‘One day by accident Jack saw on a scrap of paper the handwriting
of Harriet’s new beloved. It was flowing like a stream, well spelt, the work of
a man accustomed to the ink-bottle and the dictionary, of a man already called
in the parish a good scholar. And then it struck all of a sudden into Jack’s
mind what a contrast the letters of this young man must make to his own
miserable old letters, and how ridiculous they must make his lines appear. He
groaned and wished he had never written to her, and wondered if she had ever
kept his poor performances. Possibly she had kept them, for women are in the
habit of doing that, he thought, and whilst they were in her hands there was
always a chance of his honest, stupid love-assurances to her being joked over by
Harriet with her present lover, or by anybody who should accidentally uncover
them.
‘The nervous, moody young man could not bear the thought of it,
and at length decided to ask her to return them, as was proper when engagements
were broken off. He was some hours in framing, copying, and recopying the short
note in which he made his request, and having finished it he sent it to her
house. His messenger came back with the answer, by word of mouth, that Miss
Palmley bade him say she should not part with what was hers, and wondered at
his boldness in troubling her.
‘Jack was much affronted at this, and determined to go for his
letters himself. He chose a time when he knew she was at home, and knocked and
went in without much ceremony; for though Harriet was so high and mighty, Jack
had small respect for her aunt, Mrs. Palmley, whose little child had been his
boot-cleaner in earlier days. Harriet was in the room, this being the first
time they had met since she had jilted him. He asked for his letters with a stern
and bitter look at her.
‘At first she said he might have them for all that she cared, and
took them out of the bureau where she kept them. Then she glanced over the
outside one of the packet, and suddenly altering her mind, she told him shortly
that his request was a silly one, and slipped the letters into her aunt’s
work-box, which stood open on the table, locking it, and saying with a
bantering laugh that of course she thought it best to keep ’em, since they
might be useful to produce as evidence that she had good cause for declining to
marry him.
‘He blazed up hot. “Give me those letters!” he said. “They are
mine!”
‘“No, they are not,” she replied; “they are mine.”
‘“Whos’ever they are I want them back,” says he. “I don’t want to
be made sport of for my penmanship: you’ve another young man now! he has your
confidence, and you pour all your tales into his ear. You’ll be showing them to
him!”
‘“Perhaps,” said my lady Harriet, with calm coolness, like the
heartless woman that she was.
‘Her manner so maddened him that he made a step towards the
work-box, but she snatched it up, locked it in the bureau, and turned upon him
triumphant. For a moment he seemed to be going to wrench the key of the bureau
out of her hand; but he stopped himself, and swung round upon his heel and went
away.
‘When he was out-of-doors alone, and it got night, he walked about
restless, and stinging with the sense of being beaten at all points by her. He
could not help fancying her telling her new lover or her acquaintances of this
scene with himself, and laughing with them over those poor blotted, crooked
lines of his that he had been so anxious to obtain. As the evening passed on he
worked himself into a dogged resolution to have them back at any price, come
what might.
‘At the dead of night he came out of his mother’s house by the
back door, and creeping through the garden hedge went along the field adjoining
till he reached the back of her aunt’s dwelling. The moon struck bright and
flat upon the walls, ’twas said, and every shiny leaf of the creepers was like
a little looking-glass in the rays. From long acquaintance Jack knew the
arrangement and position of everything in Mrs. Palmley’s house as well as in
his own mother’s. The back window close to him was a casement with little leaded
squares, as it is to this day, and was, as now, one of two lighting the
sitting-room. The other, being in front, was closed up with shutters, but this
back one had not even a blind, and the moonlight as it streamed in showed every
article of the furniture to him outside. To the right of the room is the
fireplace, as you may remember; to the left was the bureau at that time; inside
the bureau was Harriet’s work-box, as he supposed (though it was really her
aunt’s), and inside the work-box were his letters. Well, he took out his
pocket-knife, and without noise lifted the leading of one of the panes, so that
he could take out the glass, and putting his hand through the hole he
unfastened the casement, and climbed in through the opening. All the
household—that is to say, Mrs. Palmley, Harriet, and the little
maid-servant—were asleep. Jack went straight to the bureau, so he said, hoping
it might have been unfastened again—it not being kept locked in ordinary—but
Harriet had never unfastened it since she secured her letters there the day
before. Jack told afterward how he thought of her asleep upstairs, caring
nothing for him, and of the way she had made sport of him and of his letters;
and having advanced so far, he was not to be hindered now. By forcing the large
blade of his knife under the flap of the bureau, he burst the weak lock; within
was the rosewood work-box just as she had placed it in her hurry to keep it
from him. There being no time to spare for getting the letters out of it then,
he took it under his arm, shut the bureau, and made the best of his way out of
the house, latching the casement behind him, and refixing the pane of glass in
its place.
‘Winter found his way back to his mother’s as he had come, and
being dog-tired, crept upstairs to bed, hiding the box till he could destroy
its contents. The next morning early he set about doing this, and carried it to
the linhay at the back of his mother’s dwelling. Here by the hearth he opened
the box, and began burning one by one the letters that had cost him so much
labour to write and shame to think of, meaning to return the box to Harriet,
after repairing the slight damage he had caused it by opening it without a key,
with a note—the last she would ever receive from him—telling her triumphantly
that in refusing to return what he had asked for she had calculated too surely
upon his submission to her whims.
‘But on removing the last letter from the box he received a shock;
for underneath it, at the very bottom, lay money—several golden
guineas—“Doubtless Harriet’s pocket-money,” he said to himself; though it was
not, but Mrs. Palmley’s. Before he had got over his qualms at this discovery he
heard footsteps coming through the house-passage to where he was. In haste he
pushed the box and what was in it under some brushwood which lay in the linhay;
but Jack had been already seen. Two constables entered the out-house, and
seized him as he knelt before the fireplace, securing the work-box and all it
contained at the same moment. They had come to apprehend him on a charge of
breaking into the dwelling-house of Mrs. Palmley on the night preceding; and
almost before the lad knew what had happened to him they were leading him along
the lane that connects that end of the village with this turnpike-road, and
along they marched him between ’em all the way to Casterbridge jail.
‘Jack’s act amounted to night burglary—though he had never thought
of it—and burglary was felony, and a capital offence in those days. His figure
had been seen by some one against the bright wall as he came away from Mrs.
Palmley’s back window, and the box and money were found in his possession,
while the evidence of the broken bureau-lock and tinkered window-pane was more
than enough for circumstantial detail. Whether his protestation that he went only
for his letters, which he believed to be wrongfully kept from him, would have
availed him anything if supported by other evidence I do not know; but the one
person who could have borne it out was Harriet, and she acted entirely under
the sway of her aunt. That aunt was deadly towards Jack Winter. Mrs. Palmley’s
time had come. Here was her revenge upon the woman who had first won away her
lover, and next ruined and deprived her of her heart’s treasure—her little son.
When the assize week drew on, and Jack had to stand his trial, Harriet did not
appear in the case at all, which was allowed to take its course, Mrs. Palmley
testifying to the general facts of the burglary. Whether Harriet would have
come forward if Jack had appealed to her is not known; possibly she would have
done it for pity’s sake; but Jack was too proud to ask a single favour of a
girl who had jilted him; and he let her alone. The trial was a short one, and
the death sentence was passed.
‘The day o’ young Jack’s execution was a cold dusty Saturday in
March. He was so boyish and slim that they were obliged in mercy to hang him in
the heaviest fetters kept in the jail, lest his heft should not break his neck,
and they weighed so upon him that he could hardly drag himself up to the drop.
At that time the gover’ment was not strict about burying the body of an
executed person within the precincts of the prison, and at the earnest prayer
of his poor mother his body was allowed to be brought home. All the parish
waited at their cottage doors in the evening for its arrival: I remember how,
as a very little girl, I stood by my mother’s side. About eight o’clock, as we
hearkened on our door-stones in the cold bright starlight, we could hear the
faint crackle of a waggon from the direction of the turnpike-road. The noise
was lost as the waggon dropped into a hollow, then it was plain again as it
lumbered down the next long incline, and presently it entered Longpuddle. The
coffin was laid in the belfry for the night, and the next day, Sunday, between
the services, we buried him. A funeral sermon was preached the same afternoon,
the text chosen being, “He was the only son of his mother, and she was a
widow.” . . . Yes, they were cruel times!
‘As for Harriet, she and her lover were married in due time; but
by all account her life was no jocund one. She and her good-man found that they
could not live comfortably at Longpuddle, by reason of her connection with
Jack’s misfortunes, and they settled in a distant town, and were no more heard
of by us; Mrs. Palmley, too, found it advisable to join ’em shortly after. The
dark-eyed, gaunt old Mrs. Winter, remembered by the emigrant gentleman here,
was, as you will have foreseen, the Mrs. Winter of this story; and I can well
call to mind how lonely she was, how afraid the children were of her, and how
she kept herself as a stranger among us, though she lived so long.’
‘Longpuddle has had her sad experiences as well as her sunny
ones,’ said Mr. Lackland.
‘Yes, yes. But I am thankful to say not many like that, though
good and bad have lived among us.’
‘There was Georgy Crookhill—he was one of the shady sort, as I
have reason to know,’ observed the registrar, with the manner of a man who
would like to have his say also.
‘I used to hear what he was as a boy at school.’
‘Well, as he began so he went on. It never got so far as a hanging
matter with him, to be sure; but he had some narrow escapes of penal servitude;
and once it was a case of the biter bit.’
INCIDENT IN THE LIFE OF MR. GEORGE CROOKHILL
‘One day,’ the registrar continued, ‘Georgy was ambling out of
Melchester on a miserable screw, the fair being just over, when he saw in front
of him a fine-looking young farmer riding out of the town in the same
direction. He was mounted on a good strong handsome animal, worth fifty guineas
if worth a crown. When they were going up Bissett Hill, Georgy made it his
business to overtake the young farmer. They passed the time o’ day to one
another; Georgy spoke of the state of the roads, and jogged alongside the
well-mounted stranger in very friendly conversation. The farmer had not been
inclined to say much to Georgy at first, but by degrees he grew quite affable
too—as friendly as Georgy was toward him. He told Crookhill that he had been
doing business at Melchester fair, and was going on as far as Shottsford-Forum
that night, so as to reach Casterbridge market the next day. When they came to
Woodyates Inn they stopped to bait their horses, and agreed to drink together;
with this they got more friendly than ever, and on they went again. Before they
had nearly reached Shottsford it came on to rain, and as they were now passing
through the village of Trantridge, and it was quite dark, Georgy persuaded the
young farmer to go no further that night; the rain would most likely give them
a chill. For his part he had heard that the little inn here was comfortable,
and he meant to stay. At last the young farmer agreed to put up there also; and
they dismounted, and entered, and had a good supper together, and talked over
their affairs like men who had known and proved each other a long time. When it
was the hour for retiring they went upstairs to a double-bedded room which
Georgy Crookhill had asked the landlord to let them share, so sociable were
they.
‘Before they fell asleep they talked across the room about one
thing and another, running from this to that till the conversation turned upon
disguises, and changing clothes for particular ends. The farmer told Georgy
that he had often heard tales of people doing it; but Crookhill professed to be
very ignorant of all such tricks; and soon the young farmer sank into slumber.
‘Early in the morning, while the tall young farmer was still
asleep (I tell the story as ’twas told me), honest Georgy crept out of his bed
by stealth, and dressed himself in the farmer’s clothes, in the pockets of the
said clothes being the farmer’s money. Now though Georgy particularly wanted
the farmer’s nice clothes and nice horse, owing to a little transaction at the
fair which made it desirable that he should not be too easily recognized, his
desires had their bounds: he did not wish to take his young friend’s money, at
any rate more of it than was necessary for paying his bill. This he abstracted,
and leaving the farmer’s purse containing the rest on the bedroom table, went downstairs.
The inn folks had not particularly noticed the faces of their customers, and
the one or two who were up at this hour had no thought but that Georgy was the
farmer; so when he had paid the bill very liberally, and said he must be off,
no objection was made to his getting the farmer’s horse saddled for himself;
and he rode away upon it as if it were his own.
‘About half an hour after the young farmer awoke, and looking
across the room saw that his friend Georgy had gone away in clothes which
didn’t belong to him, and had kindly left for himself the seedy ones worn by
Georgy. At this he sat up in a deep thought for some time, instead of hastening
to give an alarm. “The money, the money is gone,” he said to himself, “and
that’s bad. But so are the clothes.”
‘He then looked upon the table and saw that the money, or most of
it, had been left behind.
‘“Ha, ha, ha!” he cried, and began to dance about the room. “Ha,
ha, ha!” he said again, and made beautiful smiles to himself in the shaving
glass and in the brass candlestick; and then swung about his arms for all the
world as if he were going through the sword exercise.
‘When he had dressed himself in Georgy’s clothes and gone
downstairs, he did not seem to mind at all that they took him for the other;
and even when he saw that he had been left a bad horse for a good one, he was
not inclined to cry out. They told him his friend had paid the bill, at which
he seemed much pleased, and without waiting for breakfast he mounted Georgy’s
horse and rode away likewise, choosing the nearest by-lane in preference to the
high-road, without knowing that Georgy had chosen that by-lane also.
‘He had not trotted more than two miles in the personal character
of Georgy Crookhill when, suddenly rounding a bend that the lane made
thereabout, he came upon a man struggling in the hands of two village
constables. It was his friend Georgy, the borrower of his clothes and horse.
But so far was the young farmer from showing any alacrity in rushing forward to
claim his property that he would have turned the poor beast he rode into the
wood adjoining, if he had not been already perceived.
‘“Help, help, help!” cried the constables. “Assistance in the name
of the Crown!”
‘The young farmer could do nothing but ride forward. “What’s the
matter?” he inquired, as coolly as he could.
‘“A deserter—a deserter!” said they. “One who’s to be tried by
court-martial and shot without parley. He deserted from the Dragoons at
Cheltenham some days ago, and was tracked; but the search-party can’t find him
anywhere, and we told ’em if we met him we’d hand him on to ’em forthwith. The
day after he left the barracks the rascal met a respectable farmer and made him
drunk at an inn, and told him what a fine soldier he would make, and coaxed him
to change clothes, to see how well a military uniform would become him. This
the simple farmer did; when our deserter said that for a joke he would leave
the room and go to the landlady, to see if she would know him in that dress. He
never came back, and Farmer Jollice found himself in soldier’s clothes, the
money in his pockets gone, and, when he got to the stable, his horse gone too.”
‘“A scoundrel!” says the young man in Georgy’s clothes. “And is
this the wretched caitiff?” (pointing to Georgy).
‘“No, no!” cries Georgy, as innocent as a babe of this matter of
the soldier’s desertion. “He’s the man! He was wearing Farmer Jollice’s suit o’
clothes, and he slept in the same room wi’ me, and brought up the subject of
changing clothes, which put it into my head to dress myself in his suit before
he was awake. He’s got on mine!”
‘“D’ye hear the villain?” groans the tall young man to the
constables. “Trying to get out of his crime by charging the first innocent man
with it that he sees! No, master soldier—that won’t do!”
‘“No, no! That won’t do!” the constables chimed in. “To have the
impudence to say such as that, when we caught him in the act almost! But, thank
God, we’ve got the handcuffs on him at last.”
‘“We have, thank God,” said the tall young man. “Well, I must move
on. Good luck to ye with your prisoner!” And off he went, as fast as his poor
jade would carry him.
‘The constables then, with Georgy handcuffed between ’em, and
leading the horse, marched off in the other direction, toward the village where
they had been accosted by the escort of soldiers sent to bring the deserter
back, Georgy groaning: “I shall be shot, I shall be shot!” They had not gone
more than a mile before they met them.
‘“Hoi, there!” says the head constable.
‘“Hoi, yerself!” says the corporal in charge.
‘“We’ve got your man,” says the constable.
‘“Where?” says the corporal.
‘“Here, between us,” said the constable. “Only you don’t recognize
him out o’ uniform.”
‘The corporal looked at Georgy hard enough; then shook his head
and said he was not the absconder.
‘“But the absconder changed clothes with Farmer Jollice, and took
his horse; and this man has ’em, d’ye see!”
‘“’Tis not our man,” said the soldiers. “He’s a tall young fellow
with a mole on his right cheek, and a military bearing, which this man decidedly
has not.”
‘“I told the two officers of justice that ’twas the other!”
pleaded Georgy. “But they wouldn’t believe me.”
‘And so it became clear that the missing dragoon was the tall
young farmer, and not Georgy Crookhill—a fact which Farmer Jollice himself
corroborated when he arrived on the scene. As Georgy had only robbed the
robber, his sentence was comparatively light. The deserter from the Dragoons
was never traced: his double shift of clothing having been of the greatest
advantage to him in getting off; though he left Georgy’s horse behind him a few
miles ahead, having found the poor creature more hindrance than aid.’
The man from abroad seemed to be less interested in the
questionable characters of Longpuddle and their strange adventures than in the
ordinary inhabitants and the ordinary events, though his local
fellow-travellers preferred the former as subjects of discussion. He now for
the first time asked concerning young persons of the opposite sex—or rather
those who had been young when he left his native land. His informants, adhering
to their own opinion that the remarkable was better worth telling than the
ordinary, would not allow him to dwell upon the simple chronicles of those who
had merely come and gone. They asked him if he remembered Netty Sargent.
‘Netty Sargent—I do, just remember her. She was a young woman
living with her uncle when I left, if my childish recollection may be trusted.’
‘That was the maid. She was a oneyer, if you like, sir. Not any
harm in her, you know, but up to everything. You ought to hear how she got the
copyhold of her house extended. Oughtn’t he, Mr. Day?’
‘He ought,’ replied the world-ignored old painter.
‘Tell him, Mr. Day. Nobody can do it better than you, and you know
the legal part better than some of us.’
Day apologized, and began:—
NETTY SARGENT’S COPYHOLD
‘She continued to live with her uncle, in the lonely house by the
copse, just as at the time you knew her; a tall spry young woman. Ah, how well
one can remember her black hair and dancing eyes at that time, and her sly way
of screwing up her mouth when she meant to tease ye! Well, she was hardly out
of short frocks before the chaps were after her, and by long and by late she
was courted by a young man whom perhaps you did not know—Jasper Cliff was his name—and,
though she might have had many a better fellow, he so greatly took her fancy
that ’twas Jasper or nobody for her. He was a selfish customer, always thinking
less of what he was going to do than of what he was going to gain by his
doings. Jasper’s eyes might have been fixed upon Netty, but his mind was upon
her uncle’s house; though he was fond of her in his way—I admit that.
‘This house, built by her great-great-grandfather, with its garden
and little field, was copyhold—granted upon lives in the old way, and had been
so granted for generations. Her uncle’s was the last life upon the property; so
that at his death, if there was no admittance of new lives, it would all fall
into the hands of the lord of the manor. But ’twas easy to admit—a slight “fine,”
as ’twas called, of a few pounds, was enough to entitle him to a new deed o’
grant by the custom of the manor; and the lord could not hinder it.
‘Now there could be no better provision for his niece and only
relative than a sure house over her head, and Netty’s uncle should have seen to
the renewal in time, owing to the peculiar custom of forfeiture by the dropping
of the last life before the new fine was paid; for the Squire was very anxious
to get hold of the house and land; and every Sunday when the old man came into
the church and passed the Squire’s pew, the Squire would say, “A little weaker
in his knees, a little crookeder in his back—and the readmittance not applied
for: ha! ha! I shall be able to make a complete clearing of that corner of the
manor some day!”
‘’Twas extraordinary, now we look back upon it, that old Sargent
should have been so dilatory; yet some people are like it; and he put off
calling at the Squire’s agent’s office with the fine week after week, saying to
himself, “I shall have more time next market-day than I have now.” One
unfortunate hindrance was that he didn’t very well like Jasper Cliff; and as
Jasper kept urging Netty, and Netty on that account kept urging her uncle, the
old man was inclined to postpone the re-liveing as long as he could, to spite
the selfish young lover. At last old Mr. Sargent fell ill, and then Jasper
could bear it no longer: he produced the fine-money himself, and handed it to
Netty, and spoke to her plainly.
‘“You and your uncle ought to know better. You should press him
more. There’s the money. If you let the house and ground slip between ye, I
won’t marry; hang me if I will! For folks won’t deserve a husband that can do
such things.”
‘The worried girl took the money and went home, and told her uncle
that it was no house no husband for her. Old Mr. Sargent pooh-poohed the money,
for the amount was not worth consideration, but he did now bestir himself; for
he saw she was bent upon marrying Jasper, and he did not wish to make her
unhappy, since she was so determined. It was much to the Squire’s annoyance
that he found Sargent had moved in the matter at last; but he could not gainsay
it, and the documents were prepared (for on this manor the copy-holders had
writings with their holdings, though on some manors they had none). Old Sargent
being now too feeble to go to the agent’s house, the deed was to be brought to
his house signed, and handed over as a receipt for the money; the counterpart
to be signed by Sargent, and sent back to the Squire.
‘The agent had promised to call on old Sargent for this purpose at
five o’clock, and Netty put the money into her desk to have it close at hand.
While doing this she heard a slight cry from her uncle, and turning round, saw
that he had fallen forward in his chair. She went and lifted him, but he was
unconscious; and unconscious he remained. Neither medicine nor stimulants would
bring him to himself. She had been told that he might possibly go off in that
way, and it seemed as if the end had come. Before she had started for a doctor
his face and extremities grew quite cold and white, and she saw that help would
be useless. He was stone-dead.
‘Netty’s situation rose upon her distracted mind in all its
seriousness. The house, garden, and field were lost—by a few hours—and with
them a home for herself and her lover. She would not think so meanly of Jasper
as to suppose that he would adhere to the resolution declared in a moment of
impatience; but she trembled, nevertheless. Why could not her uncle have lived
a couple of hours longer, since he had lived so long? It was now past three
o’clock; at five the agent was to call, and, if all had gone well, by ten
minutes past five the house and holding would have been securely hers for her
own and Jasper’s lives, these being two of the three proposed to be added by
paying the fine. How that wretched old Squire would rejoice at getting the
little tenancy into his hands! He did not really require it, but
constitutionally hated these tiny copyholds and leaseholds and freeholds, which
made islands of independence in the fair, smooth ocean of his estates.
‘Then an idea struck into the head of Netty how to accomplish her
object in spite of her uncle’s negligence. It was a dull December afternoon:
and the first step in her scheme—so the story goes, and I see no reason to
doubt it—’
‘’Tis true as the light,’ affirmed Christopher Twink. ‘I was just
passing by.’
‘The first step in her scheme was to fasten the outer door, to
make sure of not being interrupted. Then she set to work by placing her uncle’s
small, heavy oak table before the fire; then she went to her uncle’s corpse,
sitting in the chair as he had died—a stuffed arm-chair, on casters, and rather
high in the seat, so it was told me—and wheeled the chair, uncle and all, to
the table, placing him with his back toward the window, in the attitude of
bending over the said oak table, which I knew as a boy as well as I know any
piece of furniture in my own house. On the table she laid the large family
Bible open before him, and placed his forefinger on the page; and then she
opened his eyelids a bit, and put on him his spectacles, so that from behind he
appeared for all the world as if he were reading the Scriptures. Then she
unfastened the door and sat down, and when it grew dark she lit a candle, and
put it on the table beside her uncle’s book.
‘Folk may well guess how the time passed with her till the agent
came, and how, when his knock sounded upon the door, she nearly started out of
her skin—at least that’s as it was told me. Netty promptly went to the door.
‘“I am sorry, sir,” she says, under her breath; “my uncle is not
so well to-night, and I’m afraid he can’t see you.”
‘“H’m!—that’s a pretty tale,” says the steward. “So I’ve come all
this way about this trumpery little job for nothing!”
‘“O no, sir—I hope not,” says Netty. “I suppose the business of
granting the new deed can be done just the same?”
‘“Done? Certainly not. He must pay the renewal money, and sign the
parchment in my presence.”
‘She looked dubious. “Uncle is so dreadful nervous about law
business,” says she, “that, as you know, he’s put it off and put it off for
years; and now to-day really I’ve feared it would verily drive him out of his
mind. His poor three teeth quite chattered when I said to him that you would be
here soon with the parchment writing. He always was afraid of agents, and folks
that come for rent, and such-like.”
‘“Poor old fellow—I’m sorry for him. Well, the thing can’t be done
unless I see him and witness his signature.”
‘“Suppose, sir, that you see him sign, and he don’t see you
looking at him? I’d soothe his nerves by saying you weren’t strict about the
form of witnessing, and didn’t wish to come in. So that it was done in your
bare presence it would be sufficient, would it not? As he’s such an old,
shrinking, shivering man, it would be a great considerateness on your part if
that would do?”
‘“In my bare presence would do, of course—that’s all I come for.
But how can I be a witness without his seeing me?”
‘“Why, in this way, sir; if you’ll oblige me by just stepping
here.” She conducted him a few yards to the left, till they were opposite the
parlour window. The blind had been left up purposely, and the candle-light
shone out upon the garden bushes. Within the agent could see, at the other end
of the room, the back and side of the old man’s head, and his shoulders and
arm, sitting with the book and candle before him, and his spectacles on his
nose, as she had placed him.
‘“He’s reading his Bible, as you see, sir,” she says, quite in her
meekest way.
‘“Yes. I thought he was a careless sort of man in matters of
religion?”
‘“He always was fond of his Bible,” Netty assured him. “Though I
think he’s nodding over it just at this moment However, that’s natural in an
old man, and unwell. Now you could stand here and see him sign, couldn’t you,
sir, as he’s such an invalid?”
‘“Very well,” said the agent, lighting a cigar. “You have ready by
you the merely nominal sum you’ll have to pay for the admittance, of course?”
‘“Yes,” said Netty. “I’ll bring it out.” She fetched the cash,
wrapped in paper, and handed it to him, and when he had counted it the steward
took from his breast pocket the precious parchments and gave one to her to be
signed.
‘“Uncle’s hand is a little paralyzed,” she said. “And what with
his being half asleep, too, really I don’t know what sort of a signature he’ll
be able to make.”
‘“Doesn’t matter, so that he signs.”
‘“Might I hold his hand?”
‘“Ay, hold his hand, my young woman—that will be near enough.”
‘Netty re-entered the house, and the agent continued smoking
outside the window. Now came the ticklish part of Netty’s performance. The
steward saw her put the inkhorn—“horn,” says I in my old-fashioned way—the
inkstand, before her uncle, and touch his elbow as to arouse him, and speak to
him, and spread out the deed; when she had pointed to show him where to sign
she dipped the pen and put it into his hand. To hold his hand she artfully
stepped behind him, so that the agent could only see a little bit of his head,
and the hand she held; but he saw the old man’s hand trace his name on the
document. As soon as ’twas done she came out to the steward with the parchment
in her hand, and the steward signed as witness by the light from the parlour
window. Then he gave her the deed signed by the Squire, and left; and next
morning Netty told the neighbours that her uncle was dead in his bed.’
‘She must have undressed him and put him there.’
‘She must. Oh, that girl had a nerve, I can tell ye! Well, to cut
a long story short, that’s how she got back the house and field that were,
strictly speaking, gone from her; and by getting them, got her a husband.
‘Every virtue has its reward, they say. Netty had hers for her
ingenious contrivance to gain Jasper. Two years after they were married he took
to beating her—not hard, you know; just a smack or two, enough to set her in a
temper, and let out to the neighbours what she had done to win him, and how she
repented of her pains. When the old Squire was dead, and his son came into the
property, this confession of hers began to be whispered about. But Netty was a
pretty young woman, and the Squire’s son was a pretty young man at that time,
and wider-minded than his father, having no objection to little holdings; and
he never took any proceedings against her.’
There was now a lull in the discourse, and soon the van descended
the hill leading into the long straggling village. When the houses were reached
the passengers dropped off one by one, each at his or her own door. Arrived at
the inn, the returned emigrant secured a bed, and having eaten a light meal,
sallied forth upon the scene he had known so well in his early days. Though
flooded with the light of the rising moon, none of the objects wore the
attractiveness in this their real presentation that had ever accompanied their
images in the field of his imagination when he was more than two thousand miles
removed from them. The peculiar charm attaching to an old village in an old
country, as seen by the eyes of an absolute foreigner, was lowered in his case
by magnified expectations from infantine memories. He walked on, looking at
this chimney and that old wall, till he came to the churchyard, which he
entered.
The head-stones, whitened by the moon, were easily decipherable;
and now for the first time Lackland began to feel himself amid the village
community that he had left behind him five-and-thirty years before. Here,
besides the Sallets, the Darths, the Pawles, the Privetts, the Sargents, and
others of whom he had just heard, were names he remembered even better than
those: the Jickses, and the Crosses, and the Knights, and the Olds. Doubtless
representatives of these families, or some of them, were yet among the living;
but to him they would all be as strangers. Far from finding his heart
ready-supplied with roots and tendrils here, he perceived that in returning to
this spot it would be incumbent upon him to re-establish himself from the
beginning, precisely as though he had never known the place, nor it him. Time
had not condescended to wait his pleasure, nor local life his greeting.
The figure of Mr. Lackland was seen at the inn, and in the village
street, and in the fields and lanes about Upper Longpuddle, for a few days
after his arrival, and then, ghost-like, it silently disappeared. He had told
some of the villagers that his immediate purpose in coming had been fulfilled
by a sight of the place, and by conversation with its inhabitants: but that his
ulterior purpose—of coming to spend his latter days among them—would probably
never be carried out. It is now a dozen or fifteen years since his visit was
paid, and his face has not again been seen.
March 1891.
Comments
Post a Comment